Merge from mh-e; up to 2012-01-03T19:41:14Z!larsi@gnus.org.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21220 61111
69 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21187 63826
89 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21187 63826
100 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21240 46395
242 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
303
304 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
305
306 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
307 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
308 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
309 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
310 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
311 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
312 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
313 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
314 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
315 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
316 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
317 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
318 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
319 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
320 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
321 definition will always be cached for later usage.
322
323 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
324
325 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
326 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
327 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
328
329 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
330 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
331 BODY...)
332
333 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
334 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
335 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
336 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
337 see also `ad-add-advice'.
338 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
339 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
340 before/around/after-advices will be used.
341 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
342 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
343 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
344 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
345 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
346 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
347
348 Semantics of the various flags:
349 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
350 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
351 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
352
353 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
354 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
355
356 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
357 advised function should be compiled.
358
359 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
360 during activation until somebody enables it.
361
362 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
363 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
364 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
365 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
366
367 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
368 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
369 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
370 BODY...)
371
372 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
373
374 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
375
376 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
377
378 ;;;***
379 \f
380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
381 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
382
383 (autoload 'align "align" "\
384 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
385 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
386 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
387 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
388 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
389 rule's `separate' attribute).
390
391 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
392 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
393 `separate' attribute set.
394
395 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
396 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
397 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
398 on the format of these lists.
399
400 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
401
402 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
403 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
404 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
405 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
406
407 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
408 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
409
410 Fred (123) 456-7890
411 Alice (123) 456-7890
412 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
413 Joe (123) 456-7890
414
415 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
416 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
417 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
418
419 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
420 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
421 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
422 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
423 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
424
425 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
426 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
427 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
428 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
429 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
430 throughout the line.
431
432 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
433
434 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
435 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
436
437 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
438 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
439
440 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
441
442 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
443 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
444 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
445 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
446 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
447 align that section.
448
449 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
450
451 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
452 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
453 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
454 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
455 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
456 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
457 been used to align that section.
458
459 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
460
461 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
462 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
463 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
464 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
465 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
466 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
467 to be colored.
468
469 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
470
471 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
472 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473
474 \(fn)" t nil)
475
476 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
477 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
478
479 \(fn)" t nil)
480
481 ;;;***
482 \f
483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
484 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
485 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
486
487 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
488 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
489
490 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
491
492 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
493
494 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
495 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
496
497 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
498 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
499
500 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
501 `allout-auto-activation'.
502
503 \(fn)" nil nil)
504
505 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
506 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
507
508 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
509 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
510 file variable `allout-layout'.
511
512 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
513 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
514 specified layout is applied.
515
516 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
517 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
518
519 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
520 Auto-layout is not.
521
522 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
523
524 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
525
526 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527
528 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
529
530 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
531
532 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533
534 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535
536 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537
538 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539
540 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
541
542 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543
544 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545
546 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547
548 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549
550 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
551
552 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
553
554 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555
556 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557
558 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
559 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560
561 \(fn)" nil t)
562
563 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
564 Toggle Allout outline mode.
565 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
566 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
567 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
568
569 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
570 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
571 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
572 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
573 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
574 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
575 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
576 outline.)
577
578 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
579
580 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
581 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
582 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
583 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
584 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
585 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
586 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
587 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
588
589 and many other features.
590
591 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
592 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
593 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
594 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
595 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
596
597 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
598 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
599 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
600 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
601 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
602 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
603 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
604 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
605 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
606 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607
608 Exposure Control:
609 ----------------
610 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
611 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
612 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
613 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
614 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615
616 Navigation:
617 ----------
618 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
620 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
621 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
623 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
625 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
626 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
627 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
628
629
630 Topic Header Production:
631 -----------------------
632 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
634 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
635
636 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
637 ---------------------------------
638 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
639 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
640 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
641 current topic
642 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
643 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
644 are alternated according to nesting depth.
645 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
646 the offspring are not affected.
647 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
648
649 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
650 ----------------------------------
651 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
653 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
654 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
655 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
656 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
657 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
658 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
659
660 Topic-oriented Encryption:
661 -------------------------
662 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
663 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664
665 Misc commands:
666 -------------
667 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
668 and establish a default file-var setting
669 for `allout-layout'.
670 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
671 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
673 buffer with name derived from derived from that
674 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
675 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
676 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
677 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
678 format.
679 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
680 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
681 auto-activation.
682
683 Topic Encryption
684
685 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
686 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
687 pending encryption on save.
688
689 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
690 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
691 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
692 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
693 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
694
695 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
696 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
697 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
698 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
699 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
700 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
701 signal.
702
703 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
704 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
705 for details.
706
707 HOT-SPOT Operation
708
709 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
710 navigation and exposure control.
711
712 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
713 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
714 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
715 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
716 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
717
718 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
719 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
720 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
721 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
722 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
723
724 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
725 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
726 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
727 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
728 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
729 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
730 at the beginning of the current entry.
731
732 Extending Allout
733
734 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
735 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
736 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
737
738 `allout-mode-hook'
739 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
740 `allout-mode-off-hook'
741 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
742 `allout-structure-added-functions'
743 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
744 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
745 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
746 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747
748 Terminology
749
750 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
751
752 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
753 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
754 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
755 CURRENT ITEM:
756 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
757 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
758 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
759 called the:
760 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
761
762 ANCESTORS:
763 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
764 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
765 of the ITEM.
766 OFFSPRING:
767 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
768 SUBTOPIC:
769 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
770 CHILD:
771 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
772 SIBLINGS:
773 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
774
775 Topic text constituents:
776
777 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
778 text.
779 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
780 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
781 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
782 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
783 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
784 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
785 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
786 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
787 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
788 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
789 the PREFIX.
790
791 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
792 of the ITEM.
793 PREFIX-LEAD:
794 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
795 It can be customized by changing the setting of
796 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
797
798 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
799 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
800 program code without interfering with processing of the text
801 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
802 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
803 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
804 docstring for more detail.
805 PREFIX-PADDING:
806 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
807 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
808 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
809 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
810 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
811 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
812 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
813 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
814 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
815 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
816 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
817 more details.
818 EXPOSURE:
819 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
820 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
821 CONCEALED:
822 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
823 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
824
825 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
826 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
827 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
828
829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
830
831 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
832
833 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
834 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
835
836 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
837 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
838
839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
840
841 ;;;***
842 \f
843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21187
844 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
845 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
846 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
847
848 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
849 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
850
851 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
852
853 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
854
855 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
856 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
857
858 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
859 visiting an outline.
860
861 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
862 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
863
864 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
865 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
866 you want allout widgets operation.
867
868 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
869
870 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
871
872 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
873
874 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
875 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
878 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
879
880 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
881 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
882 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
883
884 The graphics include:
885
886 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
887
888 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
889 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
890
891 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
892 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
893
894 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
895 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
896 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
897
898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
899
900 ;;;***
901 \f
902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21240 46395 727291
903 ;;;;;; 0))
904 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
905
906 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
907
908 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
909 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
910 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
911 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
912 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
913 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
914
915 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
916
917 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
918
919
920 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
921
922 ;;;***
923 \f
924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21187 63826 213216
925 ;;;;;; 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
927
928 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
929 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
930 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
931 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
932 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
933 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
934 in the current window.
935
936 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
937
938 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
939 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
940 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
941 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
942 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
943 buffer if one does not exist.
944
945 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
946
947 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
948 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
949 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
950 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
951 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
952
953 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
954
955 ;;;***
956 \f
957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21187 63826 213216
958 ;;;;;; 0))
959 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
960 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
961
962 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
963 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964
965 \(fn)" t nil)
966
967 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
968 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
969
970 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
971 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
972 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
973 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
974
975 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
976 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
977
978 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
979
980 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981
982 ;;;***
983 \f
984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21208
985 ;;;;;; 39903 471297 312000))
986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
987 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
988
989 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
990 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
991 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
992 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
993 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
994 \\[yank].
995
996 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
997 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
998 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
999 the rules.
1000
1001 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1002 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1003 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1004 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005
1006 \(fn)" t nil)
1007
1008 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1009 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010
1011 \(fn)" t nil)
1012
1013 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1014 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1015 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1016
1017 \(fn)" nil nil)
1018
1019 ;;;***
1020 \f
1021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21187 63826 213216
1022 ;;;;;; 0))
1023 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1024
1025 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1026 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1027 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1028 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1029 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1030 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1031
1032 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1033
1034 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1035 Toggle checking of appointments.
1036 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1037 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1038
1039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1040
1041 ;;;***
1042 \f
1043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21259 10807 217062
1044 ;;;;;; 0))
1045 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1046
1047 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1048 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1049 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1050 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1051
1052 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1053 kind of objects to search.
1054
1055 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1056
1057 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1058 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1059 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1060 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1061 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1062 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1063
1064 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1065 variables, not just user options.
1066
1067 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1068
1069 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1070 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1071 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1072 like `apropos-user-option'.
1073
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1075
1076 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1077
1078 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1079 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1080 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1081 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1082 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1083 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1084
1085 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1086 noninteractive functions.
1087
1088 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1089 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1090
1091 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1092 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1093
1094 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1095
1096 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1097 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1098
1099 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1100
1101 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1102 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1103 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1104 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1105
1106 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1107 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1108 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1109 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1110
1111 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1113
1114 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1115
1116 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1117
1118 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1119 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1120 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1121 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1122 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1123
1124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1125
1126 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1127 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1128 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1129 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1130 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1131 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1132
1133 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1134 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1135 names and values of properties.
1136
1137 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1138
1139 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1140
1141 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1142 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1143 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1144 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1145 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1146 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1147
1148 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1149 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1150 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1151 documentation strings.
1152
1153 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1154
1155 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1156
1157 ;;;***
1158 \f
1159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21207 49087 974317
1160 ;;;;;; 0))
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1162
1163 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1164 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1165 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1166 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1167 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1168 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1169
1170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1171 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1172 archive.
1173
1174 \\{archive-mode-map}
1175
1176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1177
1178 ;;;***
1179 \f
1180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1182
1183 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1184 Major mode for editing arrays.
1185
1186 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1187 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1188 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1189
1190 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1191
1192 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1193 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1194 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1195
1196 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1197 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1198 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1199 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1200 The variables are:
1201
1202 Variables you assign:
1203 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1204 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1205 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1206 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1207 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1208 row numbers in the buffer.
1209
1210 Variables which are calculated:
1211 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1212 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1213
1214 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1215 take a numeric prefix argument):
1216
1217 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1218 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1219 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1220 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1221
1222 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1223 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1224 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1225 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1226
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1231
1232 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1233 between that of point and mark.
1234
1235 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1236 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1237
1238 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1239 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1240 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1241 newlines inside rows)
1242
1243 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1244
1245 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1246
1247 \(fn)" t nil)
1248
1249 ;;;***
1250 \f
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21187 63826
1252 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1254 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1255
1256 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1257 Toggle Artist mode.
1258 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1259 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1260 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1261
1262 How to quit Artist mode
1263
1264 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1265
1266
1267 How to submit a bug report
1268
1269 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1270
1271
1272 Drawing with the mouse:
1273
1274 mouse-2
1275 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1276 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 below).
1278
1279 mouse-1
1280 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1281 or pastes:
1282
1283 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1286 to new point
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1303 lines
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Paste Paste Paste
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1313
1314 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1315 or diagonally.
1316
1317 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1318 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1319 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1320 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1321 poly-lines.
1322
1323 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1324 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1325 overwrite means the opposite.
1326
1327 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1328 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1329 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1330
1331 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1332
1333 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1334 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1335
1336 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1337 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1338 are currently drawing something.
1339
1340 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 some time to fill.
1342
1343
1344 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1345 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1346
1347
1348 Settings
1349
1350 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1351
1352 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1353
1354 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1355
1356 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1357
1358 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1359 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1360
1361 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1362
1363
1364 Drawing with keys
1365
1366 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1367 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1368 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1369 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1370 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1371 When pasting: Pastes
1372
1373 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1374
1375 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1376
1377 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1378 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1379 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1380 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1381 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1382 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1383
1384
1385 Arrows
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1391 of the line/poly-line
1392
1393
1394 Selecting operation
1395
1396 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1397
1398 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1402 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1405 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1417 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1418
1419
1420 Variables
1421
1422 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1423 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1424
1425 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1426 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1427 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1428 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1429 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1430 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1431 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1432 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1433 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1434 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1435 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1438 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1439 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1440 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1441 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1442 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1443 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1444
1445 Hooks
1446
1447 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1448
1449
1450 Keymap summary
1451
1452 \\{artist-mode-map}
1453
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1455
1456 ;;;***
1457 \f
1458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21240 46395
1459 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1461
1462 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1463 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1464 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1465
1466 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1470
1471 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1472 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1473
1474 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1475 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1476
1477 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1478
1479 Special commands:
1480 \\{asm-mode-map}
1481
1482 \(fn)" t nil)
1483
1484 ;;;***
1485 \f
1486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21257
1487 ;;;;;; 55477 969423 0))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1489
1490 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1491 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1492 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 let-binding.")
1494
1495 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1496
1497 ;;;***
1498 \f
1499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21187 63826 213216
1500 ;;;;;; 0))
1501 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1502
1503 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1505 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1506
1507 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1508
1509 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1510 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1512 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1513 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1514
1515 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1516 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1517 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1518 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1519 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1520 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1521 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1522 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1523
1524 For example:
1525 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1526 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1527 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1528 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1529 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1530
1531 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1532
1533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1534
1535 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1536 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1537 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1538 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1539 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1540 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1541
1542 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1543
1544 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1545 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1546 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1547 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1548 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1549
1550 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1551 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1552 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1553
1554 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1555
1556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1557
1558 ;;;***
1559 \f
1560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21187 63826
1561 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1562 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1563
1564 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1565 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1566
1567 \(fn)" t nil)
1568
1569 ;;;***
1570 \f
1571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21240 46395 727291
1572 ;;;;;; 0))
1573 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1574
1575 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1576 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1577 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1578
1579 \(fn)" t nil)
1580
1581 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1582 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1583 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1584 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1585
1586 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1587
1588 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1589 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1590 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1592 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1593 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1594
1595 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1596
1597 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1598 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1600 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1601 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1602
1603 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1604 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1605
1606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1607
1608 ;;;***
1609 \f
1610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21187
1611 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1612 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1613
1614 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615
1616 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1617
1618 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1619 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1620 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621
1622 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1623 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1624 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1625 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1626 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627
1628 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629
1630 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631
1632 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1633 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1634 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1635 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1636 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637
1638 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1639 directory or directories specified.
1640
1641 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1642 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1643 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1644 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1645 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1646 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647
1648 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649
1650 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1651 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1652 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1653 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1654 should be non-nil).
1655
1656 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657
1658 ;;;***
1659 \f
1660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21187 63826 213216
1661 ;;;;;; 0))
1662 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663
1664 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1665 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669
1670 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1671 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1672 disk changes.
1673
1674 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1675 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1676 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677
1678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679
1680 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1681 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682
1683 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1684 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685
1686 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687
1688 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1689 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1690 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1691 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1692 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693
1694 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1695 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1696 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1697 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1698 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699
1700 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1701 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1702 writing before you save the file!
1703
1704 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705
1706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707
1708 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1709 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710
1711 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1712 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713
1714 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715
1716 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1717 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1718 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1721 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722
1723 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724
1725 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1726 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1728 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1729 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730
1731 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1732 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1733 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734
1735 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1736 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1737 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1738 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1739 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740
1741 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1742 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1743 specifies in the mode line.
1744
1745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746
1747 ;;;***
1748 \f
1749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
1750 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751
1752 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1753 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1754 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1755 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1756 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757
1758 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759
1760 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1761 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1762 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1763 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764
1765 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1766 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1767 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768
1769 Effects of the different modes:
1770 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1771 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1772 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1773 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1774 a random distance & direction.
1775 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1776 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1777 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778
1779 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1780
1781 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1782 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1783 definition of \"random distance\".)
1784
1785 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1786
1787 ;;;***
1788 \f
1789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21187 63826
1790 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
1791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1792
1793 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1794
1795 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1796 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1797
1798 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1799 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1800 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1801
1802 \\{bat-mode-map}
1803
1804 \(fn)" t nil)
1805
1806 ;;;***
1807 \f
1808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21187 63826 213216
1809 ;;;;;; 0))
1810 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1811 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1812
1813 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1814 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1815 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1816 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1817
1818 \(fn)" t nil)
1819
1820 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1821 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1822 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1825 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1826
1827 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1828
1829 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1830 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1832 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1833 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1834
1835 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1836 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1837 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1838 seconds.
1839
1840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1841
1842 ;;;***
1843 \f
1844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21187
1845 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
1846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1847
1848 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1849 Time execution of FORMS.
1850 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1851 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1852 FORMS once.
1853 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1854 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1855 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1856
1857 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1858
1859 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1860
1861 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1862 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1863 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1864 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1865 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1866
1867 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1868
1869 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1870
1871 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1872 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1873 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1874 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1875 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1876
1877 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1878
1879 ;;;***
1880 \f
1881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21264 28773
1882 ;;;;;; 629489 0))
1883 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1884
1885 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1886 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1887 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1888 of corresponding buffers.
1889 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1890 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1891 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1892 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1893 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1894
1895 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1896 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1897 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1898
1899 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1900
1901 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1902 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1903
1904 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1905
1906 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1907 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1908 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1909 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1910
1911 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1912 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1913 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1914 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1915 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1916
1917 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1918 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1919
1920
1921 Special information:
1922
1923 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1924
1925 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1926 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1927 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1928 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1929 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1930 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1931 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1932 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1933 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1934 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1935 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1936
1937 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1938 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1939 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1940 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1941 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1942 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1943 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1944 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1945
1946 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1947
1948 ----------------------------------------------------------
1949 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1950 if that value is non-nil.
1951
1952 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1953
1954 \(fn)" t nil)
1955
1956 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1957 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1958 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1959 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1960 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1961 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1962 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1963 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1964 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1965 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1966 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1967 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1968
1969 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1970
1971 ;;;***
1972 \f
1973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1974 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
1975 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1976
1977 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1978 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1979
1980 \(fn)" t nil)
1981
1982 ;;;***
1983 \f
1984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21187 63826 213216
1985 ;;;;;; 0))
1986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1987
1988 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1989 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1990
1991 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1992 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1993 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1994
1995 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1996
1997 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1998 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1999
2000 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2001
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2004
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2006
2007 ;;;***
2008 \f
2009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21187 63826
2010 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2011 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2012
2013 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2014 Play blackbox.
2015 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2016
2017 What is blackbox?
2018
2019 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2020 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2021 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2022 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2023 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2024 your score.
2025
2026 Overview of play:
2027
2028 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2029 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2030 four.
2031
2032 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2033 movement keys.
2034
2035 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2036 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2037
2038 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2039 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2040
2041 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2042 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2043 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2044 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2045 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2046 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2047
2048 Details:
2049
2050 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2051
2052 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2053 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2054 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2055 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2056
2057 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2058 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2059 denoted by the letter `R'.
2060
2061 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2062 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2063 denoted by the letter `H'.
2064
2065 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2066 example.
2067
2068 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2069 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2070 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2071 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2072 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2073 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2074 ray.
2075
2076 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2077 degree deflection it causes.
2078
2079 1
2080 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2081 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2083 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2087 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2088 2 3
2089
2090 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2091 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2092
2093
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2102
2103 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2104 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2105 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2106 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2107 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2108 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2109 emerging from the box.
2110
2111 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2112
2113 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2115 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2118 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2120 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2121
2122 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2123 a reflection.
2124
2125 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2126
2127 ;;;***
2128 \f
2129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21187 63826 213216
2130 ;;;;;; 0))
2131 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2132 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2133 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2134 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2135
2136 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2137 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2138 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2139 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2140 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2141 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2142 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2143
2144 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2145 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2146 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2147
2148 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2149 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2150 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2151 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2152 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2153 recent one.
2154
2155 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2156 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2157 yank successive words.
2158
2159 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2160 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2161 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2162 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2163 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2164
2165 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2166 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2167 the list of bookmarks.)
2168
2169 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2170
2171 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2172 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2173 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2174 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2175 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2176 this.
2177
2178 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2179 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2180 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2181 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2182
2183 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2184 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2185
2186 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2187 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2188 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2189
2190 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2191
2192 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2193 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2194
2195 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2196
2197 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2198 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2199
2200 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2201 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2202 after a bookmark was set in it.
2203
2204 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2205
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2207 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2208
2209 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2210 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2211
2212 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2213
2214 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2215
2216 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2217 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2218 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2219 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2220
2221 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2222 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2223 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2224
2225 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2226 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2227 name.
2228
2229 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2230
2231 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2232 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2233 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2234
2235 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2236 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2237 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2238 this.
2239
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2241
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2243 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2244
2245 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2246 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2247 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2248 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2249 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2250 probably because we were called from there.
2251
2252 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2253
2254 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2255 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2256 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2257
2258 \(fn)" t nil)
2259
2260 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2261 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2262 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2263 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2264 \(second argument).
2265
2266 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2267 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2268 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2269 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2270 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2271
2272 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2273 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2274 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2275 `bookmark-default-file'.
2276
2277 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2278
2279 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2280 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2281 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2282 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2283 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2284 while loading.
2285
2286 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2287 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2288 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2289 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2290 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2291 explicitly.
2292
2293 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2294 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2295 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2296 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2297
2298 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2299
2300 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2301 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2302 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2303 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2304 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2305
2306 \(fn)" t nil)
2307
2308 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2309
2310 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2311
2312 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2313 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2314
2315 \(fn)" t nil)
2316
2317 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2318
2319 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2320
2321 ;;;***
2322 \f
2323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21240 46395
2324 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
2325 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2326
2327 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2328 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2329 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2330 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2331
2332 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2333 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2334 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2335 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2336 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2337
2338 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2339
2340 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2341 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2342 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2343 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2344 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2345 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2346
2347 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2351 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2352 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2353 narrowed.
2354
2355 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2356
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2358 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2359
2360 \(fn)" t nil)
2361
2362 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2363 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2364
2365 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2366
2367 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2368 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2369 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2370 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2371 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2372 first, if that exists.
2373
2374 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2375
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2378 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2379 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2380
2381 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2382
2383 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2384 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2385 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2386 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2387 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2388 to use.
2389
2390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2391
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2393 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2394 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2395 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2396
2397 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2398
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2402 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2403
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2412
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2414 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417
2418 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2419 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2420 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2421 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2422
2423 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2424 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2425 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2426 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2427
2428 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2429 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2430 new tab in an existing window instead.
2431
2432 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2433 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2434
2435 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2436
2437 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2438 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2439 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2440 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2441 Firefox.
2442
2443 When called interactively, if variable
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2445 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2446 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2447 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448
2449 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2450 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2451 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2452
2453 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2454 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455
2456 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2457 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2458 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2459 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2460 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2461 URL in a new window.
2462
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2468 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2469 Chromium.
2470
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472
2473 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2475 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2476 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2477
2478 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2479 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2480 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2481 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482
2483 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2484 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2485 new tab in an existing window instead.
2486
2487 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2488 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2489
2490 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491
2492 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2493 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2494
2495 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2496
2497 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2498 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2499 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2500 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2501
2502 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2503 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2504 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2505 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2508 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2509
2510 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2511
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2513 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2514
2515 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2516 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2517 program is invoked according to the variable
2518 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2519
2520 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2521 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2522 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2523 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2526 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527
2528 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529
2530 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2531 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2532 Default to the URL around or before point.
2533
2534 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2535 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2536 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2537
2538 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2539 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2540 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2541 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2544 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545
2546 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2547
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2550 Default to the URL around or before point.
2551
2552 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2553 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2554 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2557 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2558
2559 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2560
2561 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2562 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2563 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2564 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2565
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2570 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2571 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2572 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2573 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2574
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2576
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2579 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2580 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2581 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2582
2583 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2584 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2585 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2586 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2589 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2590
2591 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2592
2593 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2594 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2595 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2596 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2597 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2598 current one.
2599
2600 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2601 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2602 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2603 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2606 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2607
2608 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2609
2610 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2611 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2612 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2613 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2614 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2615 don't offer a form of remote control.
2616
2617 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2618
2619 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2620 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2621 Default to the URL around or before point.
2622
2623 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2624
2625 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2626 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2627 Default to the URL around the point.
2628
2629 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2630 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2631
2632 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2633 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2634
2635 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2636
2637 ;;;***
2638 \f
2639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
2640 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2641 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2642
2643 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2644 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2645 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2646 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2647
2648 \(fn)" t nil)
2649
2650 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2651 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2652 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2653 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2654
2655 \(fn)" t nil)
2656
2657 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2658 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2659
2660 \(fn)" t nil)
2661
2662 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2663 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2664 \\<bs-mode-map>
2665 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2666 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2667 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2668 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2669
2670 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2671 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2672 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2673 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2674 name of buffer configuration.
2675
2676 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2677
2678 ;;;***
2679 \f
2680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21202 31159 541460
2681 ;;;;;; 0))
2682 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2683
2684 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2685 Play Bubbles game.
2686 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2687 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2688 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2689 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2690 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2691 columns on its right towards the left.
2692
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2694 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2695 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2696 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2697
2698 \(fn)" t nil)
2699
2700 ;;;***
2701 \f
2702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2703 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2705
2706 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2707
2708 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2709 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2713
2714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2715
2716 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2717 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2718
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720
2721 ;;;***
2722 \f
2723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21240
2724 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2729
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2731
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2735 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2738
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2742 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2743 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2744 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2745 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2746 else the global value will be modified.
2747
2748 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2749
2750 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2753
2754 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2758 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2760
2761 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2762 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2763 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2764 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2765 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2766 before scanning it.
2767
2768 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2769 that already has a `.elc' file.
2770
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2772 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2773
2774 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2776 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2777 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2778 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2779 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2780
2781 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2782
2783 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2784 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2785 Print the result in the echo area.
2786 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2787
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2791 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2792 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2793
2794 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2795
2796 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2797 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2798 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2799 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2800 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2801 all functions called by those functions.
2802
2803 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2804 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2805 cons, etc.).
2806
2807 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2808 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2809 invoked interactively.
2810
2811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2814 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2817
2818 \(fn)" nil nil)
2819
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2821 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2824 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2826 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2827 already up-to-date.
2828
2829 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2830
2831 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2832 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2833 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2834 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2835
2836 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2837 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2838 and corresponding effects.
2839
2840 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2841
2842 ;;;***
2843 \f
2844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21187
2845 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2847
2848 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2849
2850 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2851
2852 ;;;***
2853 \f
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21187 63826
2855 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2857
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2859
2860 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2861
2862 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21187
2867 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2869
2870 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2871 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2872 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2873 from the cursor position.
2874
2875 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2876
2877 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2878
2879 ;;;***
2880 \f
2881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
2882 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2883 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2884
2885 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2886 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2887
2888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2889
2890 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2891 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2892
2893 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2894
2895 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2896 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2897
2898 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2899
2900 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2901 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2902
2903 \(fn)" t nil)
2904
2905 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2906 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2907 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2908 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2909
2910 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2911
2912 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2913 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2914 This is most useful in the X window system.
2915 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2916 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2917
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2919
2920 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2921 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2922 See calc-keypad for details.
2923
2924 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2925
2926 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2927 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2928
2929 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2930
2931 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2932 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2933
2934 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2935
2936 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2937 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2938
2939 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2940
2941 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2942 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2943 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2944
2945 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2946
2947 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2948 Define Calc function.
2949
2950 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2951 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2952 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2953
2954 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2955 actual Lisp function name.
2956
2957 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2958
2959 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2960
2961 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2962
2963 ;;;***
2964 \f
2965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21187 63826
2966 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2967 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2968
2969 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2970
2971
2972 \(fn N)" t nil)
2973
2974 ;;;***
2975 \f
2976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21231 31415 579137
2977 ;;;;;; 0))
2978 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2979
2980 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2981 Run the Emacs calculator.
2982 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2983
2984 \(fn)" t nil)
2985
2986 ;;;***
2987 \f
2988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21187 63826
2989 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
2990 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2991
2992 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2993 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2994 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2995 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2996 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2997 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2998
2999 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3000 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3001 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3002 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3003 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3004 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3005 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3006 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3007 window.
3008
3009 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3010 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3011
3012 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3013 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3014 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3015 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3016 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3017 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3018
3019 Runs the following hooks:
3020
3021 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3022 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3023 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3024 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3025
3026 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3027
3028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3029
3030 ;;;***
3031 \f
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
3033 ;;;;;; 0))
3034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3035
3036 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3037 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3038
3039 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3040
3041 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3042 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3043 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3044 it fails.
3045
3046 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3047
3048 ;;;***
3049 \f
3050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21187
3051 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3053
3054 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3055 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3056 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3057 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3058 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3059
3060 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3061 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3062 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3063 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3064 restriction to ASCII.
3065
3066 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3067
3068 capitalizedWorDD
3069 ^ ^ ^^
3070
3071 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3072 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3073 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3074
3075 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3076 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3077 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3078 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3079 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3080 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3081 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3082
3083 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3084 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3085
3086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3087
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21187
3091 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3093 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3094
3095 ;;;***
3096 \f
3097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21231
3098 ;;;;;; 31415 579137 0))
3099 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3100
3101 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3102 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3103
3104 \(fn)" nil nil)
3105
3106 ;;;***
3107 \f
3108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21187 63826
3109 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3111
3112 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3113 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3114
3115 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3116 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3117
3118 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3119 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3120
3121 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3122
3123 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3124 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3125 made from scratch.
3126
3127 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3128
3129 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3130 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3131
3132 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3133 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3134 made from scratch.
3135
3136 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3137
3138 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3140
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3142
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3146
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3148
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3151
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3155
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3157
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3160
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3162
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3166
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3171
3172 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3173 variables are guessed:
3174
3175 * `c-basic-offset', and
3176 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3177 `c-offsets-alist'.
3178
3179 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3180 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3181
3182 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3183 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3184
3185 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3186 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3187 guess is made from scratch.
3188
3189 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3190 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3191
3192 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3193
3194 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3195 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3196 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3197 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3198
3199 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3200 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3201 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3202
3203 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3204
3205 ;;;***
3206 \f
3207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21251 16696
3208 ;;;;;; 39562 0))
3209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3210
3211 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3212 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3213 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3214 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3215 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3216 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3217 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3218
3219 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3224 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3225 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3226 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3227 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3228
3229 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3230 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3231 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3232 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3233 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3234 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3235
3236 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3237
3238 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3239 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3240
3241 Key bindings:
3242 \\{c-mode-map}
3243
3244 \(fn)" t nil)
3245
3246 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3247 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3248 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3249 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3250 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3251 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3252 message.
3253
3254 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3255
3256 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3257 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3258
3259 Key bindings:
3260 \\{c++-mode-map}
3261
3262 \(fn)" t nil)
3263 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3264
3265 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3266 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3267 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3268 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3269 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3270 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3271 message.
3272
3273 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3274
3275 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3276 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3277
3278 Key bindings:
3279 \\{objc-mode-map}
3280
3281 \(fn)" t nil)
3282 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3283
3284 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3285 Major mode for editing Java code.
3286 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3287 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3288 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3289 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3290 message.
3291
3292 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3293
3294 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3295 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3296
3297 Key bindings:
3298 \\{java-mode-map}
3299
3300 \(fn)" t nil)
3301 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3302
3303 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3304 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3305 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3306 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3307 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3308 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3309 message.
3310
3311 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3312
3313 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3314 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3315
3316 Key bindings:
3317 \\{idl-mode-map}
3318
3319 \(fn)" t nil)
3320 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3321 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3322
3323 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3324 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3325 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3326 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3327 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3328 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3329 message.
3330
3331 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3332
3333 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3334 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3335
3336 Key bindings:
3337 \\{pike-mode-map}
3338
3339 \(fn)" t nil)
3340 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3341 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3343 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3344 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3345
3346 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3347 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3348 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3349 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3350 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3351 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3352
3353 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3354
3355 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3356 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3357
3358 Key bindings:
3359 \\{awk-mode-map}
3360
3361 \(fn)" t nil)
3362
3363 ;;;***
3364 \f
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21187
3366 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3368
3369 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3370 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3371 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3372 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3373
3374 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3375
3376 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3377 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3378 might get set too.
3379
3380 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3381 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3382 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3383 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3384 in this way.
3385
3386 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3387 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3388 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3389 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3390 a null operation.
3391
3392 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3393
3394 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3395 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3396 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3397 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3398
3399 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3400
3401 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3402 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3403 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3404
3405 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3406
3407 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3408 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3409 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3410 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3411 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3412
3413 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3414
3415 ;;;***
3416 \f
3417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21187 63826
3418 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3420 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3421 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3422 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3423
3424 ;;;***
3425 \f
3426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21187 63826 213216
3427 ;;;;;; 0))
3428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3429
3430 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3431 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3432
3433 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3434
3435 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3436 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3437
3438 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3439
3440 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3441 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3442
3443 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3444 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3445 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3446 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3447 execution.
3448
3449 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3450
3451 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3452
3453 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3454 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3455
3456 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3457 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3458 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3459 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3460
3461 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3462 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3463 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3464 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3465 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3466 `write' commands.
3467
3468 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3469 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3470 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3471 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3472
3473 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3474 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3475 semantics.
3476
3477 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3478
3479 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3480
3481 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3482
3483 STATEMENT :=
3484 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3485 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3486
3487 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3488 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3489 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3490 | integer
3491
3492 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3493
3494 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3495 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3496 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3497
3498 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3499 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3500 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3501
3502 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3503 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3504
3505 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3506 BREAK := (break)
3507
3508 REPEAT :=
3509 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3510 (repeat)
3511 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3512 ;; (repeat))
3513 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3514 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3515 ;; (read REG)
3516 ;; (repeat))
3517 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3518 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3519 ;; (read REG)
3520 ;; (repeat))
3521 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3522
3523 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3524 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3525 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3526 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3527 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3528 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3529 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3530 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3531 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3532 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3533 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3534 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3535 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3536 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3537 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3538 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3539
3540 WRITE :=
3541 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3542 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3543 ;; representation.
3544 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3545 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3546 ;; (write r7))
3547 | (write EXPRESSION)
3548 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3549 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3550 ;; representation.
3551 | (write integer)
3552 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3553 ;; buffer.
3554 | (write string)
3555 ;; Same as: (write string)
3556 | string
3557 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3558 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3559 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3560 ;; representation.
3561 | (write REG ARRAY)
3562 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3563 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3564 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3565 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3566 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3567 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3568
3569 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3570 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3571
3572 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3573 END := (end)
3574
3575 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3576 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3577 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3578
3579 ARG := REG | integer
3580
3581 OPERATOR :=
3582 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3583 + | - | * | / | %
3584
3585 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3586 | & | `|' | ^
3587
3588 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3589 | << | >>
3590
3591 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3592 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3593 | <8
3594
3595 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3596 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3597 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3598 | >8
3599
3600 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3601 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3602 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3603 | //
3604
3605 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3606 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3607
3608 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3609 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3610 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3611 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3612 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3613 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3614 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3615 | de-sjis
3616
3617 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3618 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3619 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3622 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3623 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3624 ;; byte of SJIS.
3625 | en-sjis
3626
3627 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3628 ;; Same meaning as C code
3629 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3630
3631 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3632 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3633 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3634 | <8=
3635
3636 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3637 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3638 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3639
3640 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3641 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3642 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3643 | //=
3644
3645 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3646
3647
3648 TRANSLATE :=
3649 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3650 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3651 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3652 LOOKUP :=
3653 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3654 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3655 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3656 MAP :=
3657 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3658 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3659 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3660 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3661 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3662 MAP-ID := integer
3663
3664 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3665
3666 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3667
3668 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3669 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3670 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3671 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3672 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3673 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3674
3675 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3676
3677 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3678 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3679 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3680
3681 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3682
3683 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3684
3685 ;;;***
3686 \f
3687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21240 46395
3688 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
3689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3690
3691 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3692 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3693 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3694 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3695
3696 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3697
3698 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3699
3700 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3701 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3702
3703 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3704
3705 ;;;***
3706 \f
3707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21187 63826 213216
3708 ;;;;;; 0))
3709 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3710 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3711
3712 ;;;***
3713 \f
3714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21226 13501
3715 ;;;;;; 706948 0))
3716 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3717 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3718
3719 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3720 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3721 There are no special keybindings by default.
3722
3723 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3724 to the action header.
3725
3726 \(fn)" t nil)
3727
3728 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3729 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3730 There are no special keybindings by default.
3731
3732 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3733 to the action header.
3734
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3736
3737 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3738 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3739 on the buffer contents
3740
3741 \(fn)" nil nil)
3742
3743 ;;;***
3744 \f
3745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21187 63826
3746 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
3747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3748 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3749
3750 ;;;***
3751 \f
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3753 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3755
3756 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3757 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3758 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3759
3760 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3761
3762 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3763 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3764 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3765
3766 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3767
3768 ;;;***
3769 \f
3770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21187
3771 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
3772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3773 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3779 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3780 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3781 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3782
3783 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3784
3785
3786 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3789
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3791 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3792 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3793 the users will view as each check is completed.
3794
3795 \(fn)" t nil)
3796
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3799 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3800 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3801 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3802 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3803 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3804 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3805
3806 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3807
3808 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3809 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3810 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3811 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3812 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3813 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3814 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3815 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3816
3817 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3818
3819 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3820 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3821 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3822 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3823 spacing are all verified.
3824
3825 \(fn)" t nil)
3826
3827 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3828 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3829 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3830 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3831 otherwise stop after the first error.
3832
3833 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3834
3835 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3836 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3837 Only documentation strings are checked.
3838 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3839 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3840 a separate buffer.
3841
3842 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3843
3844 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3845 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3847 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3848 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3849
3850 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851
3852 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3853 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3854 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3855 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3856 if there is one.
3857
3858 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3859
3860 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3861 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3862 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3863 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3864 if there is one.
3865 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3866
3867 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3868
3869 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3870 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3871 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3872
3873 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3874
3875 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3876 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3877 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3878 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3879 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3880
3881 \(fn)" t nil)
3882
3883 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3884 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3885 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3886 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3887 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3888 space at the end of each line.
3889
3890 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3891
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3893 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3894 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3895 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3896
3897 \(fn)" t nil)
3898
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3901 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3903
3904 \(fn)" t nil)
3905
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3910
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3917
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3919
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3924
3925 \(fn)" t nil)
3926
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3931
3932 \(fn)" t nil)
3933
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3938
3939 \(fn)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3945
3946 \(fn)" t nil)
3947
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3952
3953 \(fn)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3956 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3958 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3959 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3960
3961 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3962 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3963 checking of documentation strings.
3964
3965 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3966
3967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3968
3969 ;;;***
3970 \f
3971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21197
3972 ;;;;;; 43194 200483 0))
3973 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3974
3975 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3976 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3977 Return the length of resulting text.
3978
3979 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3980
3981 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3982 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3983
3984 \(fn)" t nil)
3985
3986 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3987 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3988 Return the length of resulting text.
3989
3990 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3991
3992 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3993 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3994
3995 \(fn)" t nil)
3996
3997 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3998
3999
4000 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4001
4002 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4003
4004
4005 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4006
4007 ;;;***
4008 \f
4009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
4010 ;;;;;; 0))
4011 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4012
4013 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4014 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4015 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4016 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4017 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4018 editing and the result is evaluated.
4019
4020 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4021
4022 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4023 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4024 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4025 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4026 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4027
4028 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4029
4030 \(fn)" t nil)
4031
4032 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4033 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4034 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4035 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4036 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4037
4038 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4039 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4040 \\{command-history-map}
4041
4042 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4043 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4044
4045 \(fn)" t nil)
4046
4047 ;;;***
4048 \f
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21240
4050 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
4051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4052
4053 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4054 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4055 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4056 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4057 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4058 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4059 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4060 of this function.
4061
4062 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4063 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4064 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4065 property are:
4066
4067 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4068 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4069
4070 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4071 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4072 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4073 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4074 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4075 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4076 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4077 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4078 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4079 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4080 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4081 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4082
4083 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4084 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4085 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4086
4087 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4088 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4089 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4090 list elements are:
4091
4092 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4093
4094 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4095
4096 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4097
4098 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4099 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4100
4101 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4102 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4103
4104 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4105 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4106 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4107 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4108 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4109 value specified by their associated list element.
4110
4111 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4112
4113 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4114 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4115 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4116
4117 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4118 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4119 * indent the first argument by 4.
4120 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4121 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4122 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4123
4124 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4125
4126 ;;;***
4127 \f
4128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21187 63826
4129 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4131 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4132
4133 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4134
4135 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4136 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4137 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4138 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4139 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4140 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4141
4142 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4143 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4144
4145 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4146
4147 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4148
4149 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4150
4151 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4152
4153 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4154
4155 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4156
4157 ;;;***
4158 \f
4159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21187 63826
4160 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
4161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4162
4163 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4164 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4165 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4166 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4167
4168 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4169 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4170 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4171 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4172
4173 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4174 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4175
4176 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4177
4178 ;;;***
4179 \f
4180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21240 46395 727291
4181 ;;;;;; 0))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4183
4184 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4185 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4186 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4187 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4188 of `scheme-program-name').
4189 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4190 it is given as initial input.
4191 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4192 discards input when it starts up.
4193 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4194 is run).
4195 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4196
4197 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4198
4199 ;;;***
4200 \f
4201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
4202 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4203
4204 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4205 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4206 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4207 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4208
4209 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4210 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4211
4212 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4213 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4214 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4215
4216 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4217
4218 ;;;***
4219 \f
4220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21265 49588 918402 0))
4221 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4222
4223 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4224 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4225 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4226 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4227 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4228 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4229 functions have already modified the buffer.
4230
4231 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4232
4233 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4234 either globally or locally.")
4235
4236 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4237 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4238 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4239 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4240
4241 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4242 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4243 `start-file-process'
4244 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4245 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4246 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4247
4248 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4249 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4250
4251 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4252
4253 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4254
4255 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4256
4257 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4258 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4259 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4260 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4261 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4262 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4263 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4264 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4265 process as its initial input.
4266
4267 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4268
4269 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4270
4271 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4272
4273 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4274 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4275 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4276 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4277 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4278 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4279
4280 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4281
4282 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4283 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4284 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4285 directory tracking functions.")
4286
4287 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4288 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4289 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4290
4291 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4292
4293 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4294
4295 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4296 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4297 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4298
4299 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4300
4301 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4302
4303 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4304 Send COMMAND to current process.
4305 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4306 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4307
4308 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4309
4310 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4311 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4312 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4313 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4314
4315 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4316
4317 ;;;***
4318 \f
4319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21240 46395
4320 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4322
4323 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4324 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4325 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4326 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4327
4328 This command pushes the mark in each window
4329 at the prior location of point in that window.
4330 If both windows display the same buffer,
4331 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4332 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4333
4334 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4335 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4336 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4337 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4338 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4339 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4340 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4341 ignored.
4342
4343 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4344 this command work in interlaced mode:
4345 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4346 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4347 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4348
4349 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4350
4351 ;;;***
4352 \f
4353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21240 46395
4354 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4356
4357 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4358 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4359
4360 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4361
4362 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4363 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4364 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4365
4366 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4367
4368 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4369 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4370 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4371
4372 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4373
4374 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4375 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4376 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4377 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4378 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4379
4380 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4381 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4382 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4383 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4384 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4385
4386 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4387 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4388 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4389 describing how the process finished.")
4390
4391 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4392 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4393 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4394 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4395 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4396
4397 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4398 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4399 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4400
4401 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4402
4403 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4404 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4405 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4406 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4407
4408 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4409
4410 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4411 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4412
4413 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4414 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4415
4416 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4417 (lambda ()
4418 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4419 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4420 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4421 (concat \"make -k \"
4422 (if buffer-file-name
4423 (shell-quote-argument
4424 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4425
4426 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4427 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4428
4429 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4430 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4431 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4432 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4433
4434 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4435
4436 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4437 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4438 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4439 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4440
4441 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4442 and move to the source code that caused it.
4443
4444 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4445 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4446
4447 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4448 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4449 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4450 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4451 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4452
4453 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4454 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4455 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4456 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4457
4458 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4459 kills its subprocesses.
4460
4461 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4462 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4463 to a function that generates a unique name.
4464
4465 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4466
4467 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4468 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4469 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4470 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4471
4472 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4473 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4474
4475 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4476 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4477 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4478 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4479
4480 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4481 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4482 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4483
4484 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4485
4486 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4487
4488 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4489 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4490 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4491 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4492 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4493
4494 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4495
4496 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4497
4498 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4499
4500 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4501
4502 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4503 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4504 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4505 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4506 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4507
4508 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4509 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4510 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4511 See `compilation-mode'.
4512
4513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4514
4515 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4516 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4518 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4519 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4520
4521 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4522 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4523 `compilation-mode'.
4524
4525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4526
4527 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4528 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4529 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4530
4531 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4532
4533 ;;;***
4534 \f
4535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21240 46395 727291
4536 ;;;;;; 0))
4537 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4538
4539 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4540 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4541 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4544 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4545
4546 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4547
4548 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4549 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4551 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4552 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4553
4554 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4555
4556 ;;;***
4557 \f
4558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21187
4559 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4561
4562 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4563 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4564 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4565 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4566 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4567 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4568 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4569
4570 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4571 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4572 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4573
4574 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4575 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4576 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4577
4578 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4579 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4580 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4581 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4582
4583 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4584 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4585 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4586 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4587 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4588 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4589 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4590
4591 \\{conf-mode-map}
4592
4593 \(fn)" t nil)
4594
4595 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4596 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4597 Comments start with `#'.
4598 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4599
4600 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4601
4602 \[Desktop Entry]
4603 Encoding=UTF-8
4604 Name=The GIMP
4605 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4606 Name[cs]=GIMP
4607
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `;'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4614
4615 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4616
4617 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4618 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4619 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4620
4621 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4622 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4623
4624 \(fn)" t nil)
4625
4626 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4627 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4628 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4629 between `/*' and `*/'.
4630 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4631
4632 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4633 // another kind of comment
4634 /* yet another */
4635
4636 name:value
4637 name=value
4638 name value
4639 x.1 =
4640 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4641 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4642
4643 \(fn)" t nil)
4644
4645 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4646 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4647 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4648 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4649 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4650 `conf-space-keywords'.
4651 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4652 in an interactive fashion instead.
4653
4654 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4655
4656 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4657
4658 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4659 image/png png
4660 image/tiff tiff tif
4661
4662 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4663 class desktop
4664 # Standard multimedia devices
4665 add /dev/audio desktop
4666 add /dev/mixer desktop
4667
4668 \(fn)" t nil)
4669
4670 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4671 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4672 See `conf-space-mode'.
4673
4674 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4675
4676 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4677 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4678 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4679 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4680
4681 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4682
4683 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4684 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4685
4686 \(fn)" t nil)
4687
4688 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4689 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4690 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4691 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4692
4693 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4694
4695 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4696 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4697
4698 \(fn)" t nil)
4699
4700 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4701 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4702 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4703 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4704
4705 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4706
4707 *background: gray99
4708 *foreground: black
4709
4710 \(fn)" t nil)
4711
4712 ;;;***
4713 \f
4714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21245 64312 799897
4715 ;;;;;; 0))
4716 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4717
4718 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4719 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4720 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4721 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4722 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4723 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4724
4725 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4726
4727 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4728 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4729 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4730 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4731
4732 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4733
4734 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4735 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4736 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4737 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4738
4739 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4740
4741 ;;;***
4742 \f
4743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21187
4744 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
4745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4746 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4747 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4748 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4749
4750 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4751 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4752 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4753 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4754 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4755 following the copyright are updated as well.
4756 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4757 interactively.
4758
4759 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4760
4761 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4762 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4763 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4764 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4765 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4766
4767 \(fn)" t nil)
4768
4769 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4770 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4771
4772 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4773
4774 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4775 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4776 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4777
4778 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4779
4780 ;;;***
4781 \f
4782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21207
4783 ;;;;;; 49087 974317 0))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4785 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4788 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4789 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4790 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4791 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4792
4793 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4794 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4795 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4796 Tab indents for Perl code.
4797 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4798 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4799
4800 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4801 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4802 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4803 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4804 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4805 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4806 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4807 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4808 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4809 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4810 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4811 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4812
4813 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4814
4815 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4816 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4817
4818 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4819
4820 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4821 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4822 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4823 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4824 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4825 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4826 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4827 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4828 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4829
4830 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4831
4832 bite if angry;
4833
4834 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4835 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4836 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4837 to nil.)
4838
4839 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4840 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4841 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4842
4843 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4844
4845 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4846 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4847 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4848 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4849 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4850
4851 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4852
4853 if (A) { B }
4854
4855 into
4856
4857 B if A;
4858
4859 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4860
4861 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4862 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4863 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4864 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4865 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4866 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4867 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4868 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4869 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4870 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4871 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4872 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4873 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4874
4875 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4876 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4877 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4878 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4879 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4880 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4881
4882 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4883 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4884 man via menu.
4885
4886 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4887 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4888 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4889 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4890 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4891
4892 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4893 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4894 span the needed amount of lines.
4895
4896 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4897 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4898 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4899 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4900
4901 Variables controlling indentation style:
4902 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4903 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4904 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4905 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4906 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4907 `cperl-auto-newline'
4908 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4909 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4910 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4911 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4912 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4913 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4914 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4915 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4916 `cperl-indent-level'
4917 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4918 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4919 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4920 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4921 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4922 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4923 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4924 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4925 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4926 `cperl-brace-offset'
4927 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4928 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4929 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4930 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4931 `cperl-label-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4933 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4934 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4935
4936 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4937 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4938 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4939 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4940 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4941 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4942
4943 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4944 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4945 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4946 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4947
4948 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4949 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4950 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4951 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4952 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4953 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4954 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4955
4956 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4957 column 0 is indented on
4958 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4959
4960 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4961 with no args.
4962
4963 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4964 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4965 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4966
4967 \(fn)" t nil)
4968
4969 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4970 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4971
4972 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4973
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4976
4977 \(fn)" t nil)
4978
4979 ;;;***
4980 \f
4981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4982 ;;;;;; 0))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4984
4985 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4986 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4987 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4988 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4989 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4990
4991 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4992
4993 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4994 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4995
4996 \(fn)" t nil)
4997
4998 ;;;***
4999 \f
5000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
5001 ;;;;;; 0))
5002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5003
5004 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5005 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5006 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5007 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5008
5009 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5010 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5011
5012 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5013
5014 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5015 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5016 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5017 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5018 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5019
5020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5021
5022 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5023
5024 ;;;***
5025 \f
5026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21263 7861 493097
5027 ;;;;;; 0))
5028 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5029
5030 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5031 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5032 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5033 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5034 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5035 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5036 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5037 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5038
5039 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5040 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5041
5042 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5043 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5044 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5045
5046 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5047 with empty strings removed.
5048
5049 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5050
5051 ;;;***
5052 \f
5053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21187 63826
5054 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5055 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5056
5057 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5058 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5059
5060 \(fn)" t nil)
5061
5062 ;;;***
5063 \f
5064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21243 49747
5065 ;;;;;; 293438 0))
5066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5067
5068 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5069 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5070 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5071 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5072 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5073 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5074
5075 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5076
5077 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5078 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5079 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5080 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5081 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5082
5083 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5084 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5085 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5086 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5087 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5088 normal function of these prefix keys.
5089
5090 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5091 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5092 options:
5093 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5094 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5095 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5096
5097 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5098 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5099 the prefix fallback behavior.
5100
5101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5102
5103 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5104 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5105
5106 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5107
5108 ;;;***
5109 \f
5110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21187 63826
5111 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5112 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5113
5114 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5115 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5116 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5117
5118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5119
5120 ;;;***
5121 \f
5122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21240 46395 727291
5123 ;;;;;; 0))
5124 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5125
5126 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5127 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5128
5129 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5130
5131 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5132 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5133
5134 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5135
5136 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5137 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5138
5139 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5140
5141 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5142 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5143
5144 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5145 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5146
5147 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5148 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5149
5150 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5151
5152 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5153
5154 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5155 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5156 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5157
5158 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5159 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5160
5161 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5162 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5163
5164 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5165 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5166
5167 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5168
5169 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5170
5171 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5172 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5173 Return VALUE.
5174
5175 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5176 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5177
5178 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5179 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5180
5181 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5182 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5183
5184 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5185
5186 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5187
5188 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5189 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5190 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5191 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5192
5193 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5194 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5195 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5196
5197 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5198
5199 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5200 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5201 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5202 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5203 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5204
5205 \(fn)" t nil)
5206
5207 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5208 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5209 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5210 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5211
5212 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5213
5214 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5215 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5216 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5217
5218 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5219
5220 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5221 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5222
5223 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5224
5225 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5226
5227 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5228 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5229
5230 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5231
5232 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5233
5234 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5235 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5236 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5237
5238 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5239
5240 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5241 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5242 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5243 as part of Emacs itself.
5244
5245 Each elements looks like this:
5246
5247 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5248
5249 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5250 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5251 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5252 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5253 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5254 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5255 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5256 and `defface'.
5257
5258 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5259
5260 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5261 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5262 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5263 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5264 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5265
5266 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5267 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5268 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5269 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5270
5271 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5272
5273 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5274 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5275 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5276 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5277 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5278 release.
5279
5280 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5281 that were added or redefined since that version.
5282
5283 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5284
5285 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5286 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5287 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5288 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5289
5290 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5291
5292 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5293 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5294
5295 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5296
5297 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5298 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5299 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5300
5301 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5302 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5303
5304 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5305
5306 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5308
5309 \(fn)" t nil)
5310
5311 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5312 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5313
5314 \(fn)" t nil)
5315
5316 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize all saved options and faces.
5318
5319 \(fn)" t nil)
5320
5321 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5322 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5323 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5324 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5325 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5326 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5327
5328 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5329 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5330 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5331
5332 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5333
5334 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5335 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5336
5337 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5338
5339 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5340 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5341
5342 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5343
5344 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5345 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5346
5347 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5348
5349 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5350 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5351 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5352 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5353 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5354 that option.
5355 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5356
5357 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5358
5359 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5360 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5361 The result includes selecting that window.
5362 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5363 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5364 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5365 that option.
5366
5367 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5368
5369 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5370 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5371
5372 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5373
5374 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5375 File used for storing customization information.
5376 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5377 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5378 it should be an absolute file name.
5379
5380 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5381 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5382 something like the following in your init file:
5383
5384 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5385 \(load custom-file)
5386
5387 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5388 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5389
5390 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5391 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5392 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5393 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5394 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5395
5396 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5397 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5398 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5399 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5400 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5401 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5402 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5403 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5404 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5405 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5406
5407 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5408
5409 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5410 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5411
5412 \(fn)" nil nil)
5413
5414 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5415 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5416
5417 \(fn)" t nil)
5418
5419 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5420 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5421 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5422
5423 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5424
5425 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5426 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5427 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5428 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5429 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5430
5431 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5432
5433 ;;;***
5434 \f
5435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21240 46395 727291
5436 ;;;;;; 0))
5437 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5438
5439 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5440 Create or edit a custom theme.
5441 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5442 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5443 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5444 from the Custom save file.
5445 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5446 named *Custom Theme*.
5447
5448 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5449
5450 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5451 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5452
5453 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5454
5455 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5456 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5457
5458 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5459
5460 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5461 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5462 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5463 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5464
5465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5466
5467 ;;;***
5468 \f
5469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21187 63826
5470 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5471 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5472
5473 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5474 Mode used for cvs status output.
5475
5476 \(fn)" t nil)
5477
5478 ;;;***
5479 \f
5480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21187 63826 213216
5481 ;;;;;; 0))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5483 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5484
5485 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5486 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5487
5488 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5489
5490 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5491 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5492 C++ modes are included.
5493
5494 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5495 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5496 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5497
5498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5499
5500 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5501
5502 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5503 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5504 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5507 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5508
5509 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5510
5511 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5512 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5513 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5514 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5515 ARG is omitted or nil.
5516
5517 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5518 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5519 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5520
5521 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5522
5523 ;;;***
5524 \f
5525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21193
5526 ;;;;;; 16180 875828 0))
5527 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5528
5529 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5530 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5531
5532 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5533
5534 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5535 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5536
5537 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5538
5539 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5540 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5541 For readability, the table is slightly
5542 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5543
5544 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5545 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5546 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5547 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5548 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5549
5550 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5551
5552 ;;;***
5553 \f
5554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21187 63826 213216
5555 ;;;;;; 0))
5556 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5557 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5558 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5559 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5560 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5561
5562 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5563 Completion on current word.
5564 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5565 and presents suggestions for completion.
5566
5567 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5568 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5569 completions.
5570
5571 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5572 then it searches *all* buffers.
5573
5574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5575
5576 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5577 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5578
5579 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5580 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5581 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5582 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5583 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5584
5585 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5586 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5587
5588 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5589 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5590 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5591
5592 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5593 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5594
5595 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5596
5597 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5598
5599 ;;;***
5600 \f
5601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21197 43194
5602 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
5603 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5604
5605 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5606 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5607
5608 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5609
5610 ;;;***
5611 \f
5612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21263 60369 592555 0))
5613 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5614
5615 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5616 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5617 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5618 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5619 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5620
5621 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5622
5623 ;;;***
5624 \f
5625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21187 63826
5626 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5628
5629 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5630 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5631
5632 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5633 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5634 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5635
5636 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5637 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5638 Data lines are not indented.
5639
5640 Key bindings:
5641
5642 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5643 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5644
5645 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5646 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5647 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5648 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5649
5650 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5651
5652 dcl-basic-offset
5653 Extra indentation within blocks.
5654
5655 dcl-continuation-offset
5656 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5657
5658 dcl-margin-offset
5659 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5660
5661 dcl-margin-label-offset
5662 Indentation for a label.
5663
5664 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5665 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5666
5667 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5668 dcl-block-end-regexp
5669 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5670 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5671 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5672 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5673 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5674
5675 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5676 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5677 Two such functions are included in the package:
5678 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5679 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5680
5681 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5682 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5683 One such function is included in the package:
5684 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5685
5686 dcl-tab-always-indent
5687 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5688 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5689 margin.
5690
5691 dcl-electric-characters
5692 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5693 typed.
5694
5695 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5696 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5697 which words trigger electric indentation.
5698
5699 dcl-tempo-comma
5700 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5701 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5702 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5703
5704 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5705 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5706 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5707 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5708
5709 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5710 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5711 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5712 dcl-imenu-label-call
5713 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5714
5715 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5716 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5717 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5718 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5719
5720
5721 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5722
5723 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5724 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5725 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5726 $ i = 1
5727 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5728 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5729 $ label:
5730 $ if i.eq.1
5731 $ then
5732 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5733 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5734 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5735 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5736 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5737 \"lined up with the command line\"
5738 $ type sys$input
5739 Data lines are not indented at all.
5740 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5741 $ endif
5742 $
5743
5744
5745 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5746 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5747
5748 \(fn)" t nil)
5749
5750 ;;;***
5751 \f
5752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21240 46395
5753 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5755
5756 (setq debugger 'debug)
5757
5758 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5759 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5760 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5761 of the evaluator.
5762
5763 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5764 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5765 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5766
5767 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5768
5769 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5770 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5771
5772 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5773
5774 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5775 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5776 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5777 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5778 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5779 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5780
5781 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5782 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5783
5784 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5785
5786 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5787 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5788 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5789 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5790 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5791
5792 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5793
5794 ;;;***
5795 \f
5796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21187 63826
5797 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
5798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5799
5800 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5801 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5802
5803 \(fn)" t nil)
5804
5805 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5806 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5807 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5808 Upper-case letters are commands.
5809
5810 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5811 modify it.
5812
5813 The most useful commands are:
5814 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5815 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5816 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5817 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5818 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5819 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5820
5821 \(fn)" t nil)
5822
5823 ;;;***
5824 \f
5825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21187 63826 213216
5826 ;;;;;; 0))
5827 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5828 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5829
5830 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5831 Customization of `columns' group.
5832
5833 \(fn)" t nil)
5834
5835 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5836 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5837
5838 START and END delimits the text region.
5839
5840 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5841
5842 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5843 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5844
5845 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5846
5847 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5848
5849 ;;;***
5850 \f
5851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21251 41787 268999 0))
5852 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5853
5854 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5855
5856 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5857 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5858 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5859 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5860 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5861 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5862
5863 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5864
5865 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5866 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5867 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5868 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5869 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5870
5871 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5872 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5873 point regardless of any selection.
5874
5875 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5876
5877 ;;;***
5878 \f
5879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21240 46395
5880 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
5881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5882
5883 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5884 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5885
5886 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5887
5888 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5889 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5890 or nil if there is no parent.
5891 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5892 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5893 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5894 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5895 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5896
5897 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5898 arguments are currently understood:
5899 :group GROUP
5900 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5901 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5902 :syntax-table TABLE
5903 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5904 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5905 :abbrev-table TABLE
5906 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5907 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5908
5909 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5910
5911 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5912
5913 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5914 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5915 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5916
5917 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5918 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5919
5920 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5921 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5922 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5923
5924 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5925 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5926
5927 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5928 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5929
5930 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5931
5932 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5933
5934 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5935
5936 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5937 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5938 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5939 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5940 the first time the mode is used.
5941
5942 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5943
5944 ;;;***
5945 \f
5946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21240 46395 727291
5947 ;;;;;; 0))
5948 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5949
5950 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5951 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5952 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5953 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5954 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5955 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5956 otherwise.
5957
5958 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5959
5960 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5961 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5962 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5963 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5964
5965 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5966 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5967 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5968
5969 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5970 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5971 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5972 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5973 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5974 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5975 relevant to POS.
5976
5977 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5978
5979 ;;;***
5980 \f
5981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21256 34613 967717
5982 ;;;;;; 0))
5983 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5984
5985 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5986 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5987 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5989 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5990 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5991
5992 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5993
5994 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5995 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5996 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5997 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5998 is omitted or nil.
5999
6000 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6001 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6002 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6003 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6004
6005 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6006 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6007
6008 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6009 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6010
6011 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6012
6013 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6014
6015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6016
6017 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6018 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6019 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6020 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6021
6022 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6023
6024 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6025 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6026
6027 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6028 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6029 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6030
6031 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6032 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6033
6034 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6035 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6036 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6037
6038 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6039 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6040 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6041 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6042
6043 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6044
6045 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6046 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6047
6048 Handlers are called with argument list
6049
6050 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6051
6052 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6053
6054 desktop-file-version
6055 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6056 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6057 desktop-buffer-point
6058 desktop-buffer-mark
6059 desktop-buffer-read-only
6060 desktop-buffer-locals
6061
6062 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6063 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6064
6065 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6066 code like
6067
6068 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6069 ...
6070 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6071 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6072
6073 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6074
6075 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6076
6077 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6078 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6079 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6080 List elements must have the form
6081
6082 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6083
6084 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6085 function.
6086
6087 Handlers are called with argument list
6088
6089 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6090
6091 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6092
6093 desktop-file-version
6094 desktop-buffer-file-name
6095 desktop-buffer-name
6096 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6097 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6098 desktop-buffer-point
6099 desktop-buffer-mark
6100 desktop-buffer-read-only
6101 desktop-buffer-misc
6102
6103 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6104 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6105 created and set.
6106
6107 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6108 code like
6109
6110 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6111 ...
6112 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6113 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6114
6115 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6116
6117 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6118
6119 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6120
6121 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6122 Empty the Desktop.
6123 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6124 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6125 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6126 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6127 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6128 if different).
6129
6130 \(fn)" t nil)
6131
6132 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6133 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6134 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6135 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6136 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6137 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6138
6139 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6140
6141 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6142 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6143 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6144
6145 \(fn)" t nil)
6146
6147 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6148 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6149 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6150 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6151 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6152 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6153 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6154 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6155
6156 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6157
6158 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6159 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6160 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6161
6162 \(fn)" nil nil)
6163
6164 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6165
6166 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6167 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6168 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6169 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6170 directory DIRNAME.
6171
6172 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6173
6174 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6175 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6176
6177 \(fn)" t nil)
6178
6179 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6180 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6181
6182 \(fn)" t nil)
6183
6184 ;;;***
6185 \f
6186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21187 63826
6187 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6189
6190 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6191 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6192 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6193 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6194 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6195 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6196
6197 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6198
6199 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6200 Repair a broken attribution line.
6201 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6202
6203 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6204
6205 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6206 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6207 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6208 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6209
6210 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6211
6212 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6213 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6214
6215 \(fn)" t nil)
6216
6217 ;;;***
6218 \f
6219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21187
6220 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6221 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6222
6223 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6224 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6225 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6226 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6227 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6228
6229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6230
6231 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6232 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6233 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6234 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6235
6236 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6237 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6238 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6239 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6240
6241 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6242 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6243
6244 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6245 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6246 calendar-date-style 'european
6247 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6248
6249 \(diary-mail-entries)
6250
6251 # diary-rem.el ends here
6252
6253 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6254
6255 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6256 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6257
6258 \(fn)" t nil)
6259
6260 ;;;***
6261 \f
6262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6263 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6264
6265 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6266 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6267
6268 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6269
6270 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6271 The command to use to run diff.")
6272
6273 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6274
6275 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6276 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6277 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6278 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6279 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6280 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6281
6282 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6283 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6284 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6285
6286 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6287
6288 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6289 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6290 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6291 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6292 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6293 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6294
6295 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6296
6297 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6298 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6299
6300 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6301
6302 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6303 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6304 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6305
6306 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6307
6308 ;;;***
6309 \f
6310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21187 63826
6311 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6312 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6313
6314 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6315 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6316 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6317 normal diffs.
6318
6319 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6320 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6321 headers for you on-the-fly.
6322
6323 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6324 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6325 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6326
6327 \\{diff-mode-map}
6328
6329 \(fn)" t nil)
6330
6331 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6332 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6333 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6334 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6335 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6336
6337 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6338
6339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6340
6341 ;;;***
6342 \f
6343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6344 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6345
6346 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6347 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6348 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6349
6350 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6351
6352 ;;;***
6353 \f
6354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21262 15747 490127 657000))
6355 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6356
6357 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6358 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6359 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6360 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6361 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6362 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6363 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6364 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6365
6366 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6367
6368 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6369 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6370 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6371 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6372 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6373 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6374
6375 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6376 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6377 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6378 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6379 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6380 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6381 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6382 list of files to make directory entries for.
6383 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6384 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6385 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6386
6387 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6388
6389 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6390 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6391
6392 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6393 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6394
6395 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6396 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6397
6398 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6399 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6400
6401 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6402
6403 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6404 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6405
6406 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6407
6408 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6409 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6410 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6411 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6412 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6413 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6414 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6415 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6416 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6417 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6418 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6419 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6420 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6421 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6422 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6423 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6424 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6425 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6426 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6427 to see why something went wrong.
6428 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6429 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6430 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6431 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6432 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6433 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6434 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6435 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6436 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6437 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6438 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6439 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6440 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6441
6442 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6443 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6444 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6445 again for the directory tree.
6446
6447 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6448 for more info):
6449
6450 `dired-listing-switches'
6451 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6452 `dired-marker-char'
6453 `dired-del-marker'
6454 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6455 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6456 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6457 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6458
6459 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6460
6461 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6462 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6463 `dired-mode-hook'
6464 `dired-load-hook'
6465
6466 Keybindings:
6467 \\{dired-mode-map}
6468
6469 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6470 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6471
6472 ;;;***
6473 \f
6474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21187 63826 213216
6475 ;;;;;; 0))
6476 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6477
6478 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6479 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6480 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6481 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6482 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6483
6484 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6485 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6486 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6487
6488 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6489 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6490 directory.
6491
6492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6493
6494 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6495 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6496 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6497 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6498 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6499 from `default-directory'.
6500
6501 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6502
6503 ;;;***
6504 \f
6505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21240 46395
6506 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6507 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6508
6509 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6510 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6511 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6512 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6513 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6514 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6515
6516 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6517
6518 ;;;***
6519 \f
6520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21240 46395 727291
6521 ;;;;;; 0))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6523
6524 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6525 Return a new, empty display table.
6526
6527 \(fn)" nil nil)
6528
6529 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6530 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6531 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6532 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6533 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6534
6535 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6536
6537 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6538 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6539 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6540 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6541 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6542
6543 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6544
6545 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6546 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6547
6548 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6549
6550 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6551 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6552
6553 \(fn)" t nil)
6554
6555 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6556 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6557
6558 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6559 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6560
6561 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6562 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6563 byte.
6564
6565 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6566 in the default way after this call.
6567
6568 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6569
6570 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6571 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6572
6573 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6574
6575 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6576 Display character C using printable string S.
6577
6578 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6579
6580 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6581 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6582 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6583 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6584
6585 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6586
6587 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6588 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6589 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6590 X frame.
6591
6592 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6593
6594 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6595 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6596
6597 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6598
6599 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6600 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6601
6602 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6603
6604 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6605 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6606
6607 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6608
6609 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6610 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6611
6612 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6613
6614 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6615 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6616
6617 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6618
6619 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6620 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6621
6622 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6623 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6624
6625 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6626 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6627
6628 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6629 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6630 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6631 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6632
6633 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6634 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6635 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6636 in `.emacs'.
6637
6638 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6639
6640 ;;;***
6641 \f
6642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21240 46395
6643 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
6644 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6645
6646 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6647 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6648 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6649 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6650 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6651 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6652 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6653 Default is 2.
6654
6655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6656
6657 ;;;***
6658 \f
6659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6660 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6661
6662 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6663 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6664 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6665 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6666 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6667 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6668 private or ask).
6669 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6670 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6671 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6672 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6673 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6674
6675 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6676
6677 ;;;***
6678 \f
6679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21187 63826
6680 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
6681 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6682
6683 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6684 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6685 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6686 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6687 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6688 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6689 table and its own syntax table.
6690
6691 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6692
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6694 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6695
6696 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6697 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6698
6699 \(fn)" t nil)
6700
6701 ;;;***
6702 \f
6703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21187 63826 213216
6704 ;;;;;; 0))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6706
6707 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6708 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6709 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6710 OpenDocument format).
6711
6712 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6713
6714 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6715 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6716
6717 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6718 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6719
6720 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6721 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6722 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6723
6724 \(fn)" t nil)
6725
6726 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6727 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6728 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6729 to the next best mode.
6730
6731 \(fn)" nil nil)
6732
6733 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6734 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6735 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6736 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6737 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6738
6739 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6740
6741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6742
6743 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6744
6745
6746 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6747
6748 ;;;***
6749 \f
6750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21240 46395 727291
6751 ;;;;;; 0))
6752 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6753
6754 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6755 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6756
6757 \(fn)" t nil)
6758
6759 ;;;***
6760 \f
6761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6762 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6763
6764 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6765 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6766 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6767 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6768 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6769
6770 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6771 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6772
6773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6774
6775 ;;;***
6776 \f
6777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21187 63826 213216
6778 ;;;;;; 0))
6779 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6780 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6781
6782 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6783 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6784
6785 \(fn)" t nil)
6786
6787 ;;;***
6788 \f
6789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21259
6790 ;;;;;; 10807 217062 0))
6791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6792
6793 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6794
6795 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6796 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6797 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6798 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6799 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6800
6801 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6802 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6803 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6804 and disables it otherwise.
6805
6806 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6807 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6808 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6809 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6810
6811 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6812 documenting what its argument does.
6813
6814 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6815 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6816 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6817 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6818 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6819 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6820 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6821 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6822
6823 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6824 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6825 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6826 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6827 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6828 mode is global):
6829
6830 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6831 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6832 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6833 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6834 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6835 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6836 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6837 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6838 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6839 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6840 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6841 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6842 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6843 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6844 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6845 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6846 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6847 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6848 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6849 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6850 in :variable).
6851
6852 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6853 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6854
6855 For example, you could write
6856 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6857 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6858 ...BODY CODE...)
6859
6860 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6861
6862 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6863
6864 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6865
6866 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6867
6868 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6869 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6870 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6871 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6872 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6873 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6874 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6875 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6876 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6877 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6878 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6879 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6880
6881 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6882 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6883 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6884 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6885 call another major mode in their body.
6886
6887 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6888 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6889 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6890
6891 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6892
6893 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6894
6895 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6896 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6897 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6898 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6899 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6900 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6901 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6902
6903 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6904
6905 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6906 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6907 :inherit Parent keymap.
6908 :group Ignored.
6909 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6910 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6911
6912 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6913
6914 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6915 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6916 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6917 the constant's documentation.
6918
6919 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6920
6921 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6922 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6923 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6924
6925 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6926
6927 ;;;***
6928 \f
6929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21187
6930 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
6931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6932
6933 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6934 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6935 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6936 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6937
6938 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6939 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6940 as a top-level menu bar item.
6941
6942 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6943 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6944 pairs:
6945
6946 :filter FUNCTION
6947 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6948 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6949 items to actually display.
6950
6951 :visible INCLUDE
6952 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6953 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6954 alias for `:visible'.
6955
6956 :active ENABLE
6957 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6958 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6959 an alias for `:active'.
6960
6961 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6962 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6963
6964 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6965
6966 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6967
6968 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6969 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6970
6971 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6972 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6973
6974 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6975
6976 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6977
6978 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6979 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6980
6981 :keys KEYS
6982 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6983 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6984 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6985 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6986
6987 :key-sequence KEYS
6988 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6989 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6990 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6991 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6992
6993 :active ENABLE
6994 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6995 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6996 alias for `:active'.
6997
6998 :visible INCLUDE
6999 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7000 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7001 `:visible'.
7002
7003 :label FORM
7004 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7005 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7006
7007 :suffix FORM
7008 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7009 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7010
7011 :style STYLE
7012 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7013 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7014 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7015
7016 :selected SELECTED
7017 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7018 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7019
7020 :help HELP
7021 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7022
7023 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7024 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7025 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7026
7027 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7028 MENU. This is a submenu.
7029
7030 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7031
7032 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7033
7034 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7035
7036
7037 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7038
7039 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7040 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7041 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7042 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7043
7044 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7045
7046 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7047 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7048 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7049 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7050 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7051 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7052
7053 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7054 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7055 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7056
7057 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7058 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7059 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7060
7061 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7062 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7063
7064 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7065
7066 ;;;***
7067 \f
7068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21187 63826
7069 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7071 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7072
7073 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7074 Customization for ebnf group.
7075
7076 \(fn)" t nil)
7077
7078 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7079 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7080
7081 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7082
7083 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7084 processed.
7085
7086 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7087
7088 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7089
7090 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7091 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7092
7093 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7094 killed after process termination.
7095
7096 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7097
7098 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7099
7100 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7101 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7102
7103 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7104 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7105 it to the printer.
7106
7107 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7108 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7109 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7110 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7111
7112 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7116 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7117
7118 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7119
7120 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7121 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7122
7123 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7124
7125 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7126 processed.
7127
7128 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7129
7130 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7131
7132 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7133 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7134
7135 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7136 killed after process termination.
7137
7138 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7139
7140 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7141
7142 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7143 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7144 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7145 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7146
7147 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7148
7149 \(fn)" t nil)
7150
7151 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7152 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7153 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7154
7155 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7156
7157 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7158
7159 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7160 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7161
7162 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7163
7164 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7165 processed.
7166
7167 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7168
7169 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7170
7171 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7172 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7173
7174 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7175 killed after EPS generation.
7176
7177 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7178
7179 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7180
7181 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7182 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7183
7184 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7185 The EPS file name has the following form:
7186
7187 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7188
7189 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7190 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7191
7192 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7193 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7194 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7195 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7196 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7197
7198 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7199 files.
7200
7201 \(fn)" t nil)
7202
7203 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7204 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7205
7206 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7207 The EPS file name has the following form:
7208
7209 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7210
7211 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7212 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7213
7214 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7215 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7216 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7217 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7218 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7219
7220 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7221 files.
7222
7223 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7224
7225 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7226
7227 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7229
7230 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7231
7232 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7233 are processed.
7234
7235 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7236
7237 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7241
7242 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7243 killed after syntax checking.
7244
7245 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7246
7247 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7248
7249 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7250 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7251
7252 \(fn)" t nil)
7253
7254 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7255 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7256
7257 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7258
7259 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7260 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7261
7262 \(fn)" nil nil)
7263
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7266
7267 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7268
7269 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7270
7271 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7272 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7273
7274 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7275
7276 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7277
7278 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7279 Delete style NAME.
7280
7281 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7282
7283 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7284
7285 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7286 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7287
7288 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7289
7290 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7291
7292 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7293 Set STYLE as the current style.
7294
7295 Returns the old style symbol.
7296
7297 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7298
7299 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7300
7301 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7302 Reset current style.
7303
7304 Returns the old style symbol.
7305
7306 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7307
7308 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7309
7310 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7311 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7312
7313 Returns the old style symbol.
7314
7315 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7316
7317 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7318
7319 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7320
7321 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7322 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7323
7324 Returns the old style symbol.
7325
7326 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7327
7328 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7329
7330 \(fn)" t nil)
7331
7332 ;;;***
7333 \f
7334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21240 46395
7335 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
7336 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7339 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7340 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7341 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7342 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7343 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7344
7345 Tree mode key bindings:
7346 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7347
7348 \(fn)" t nil)
7349
7350 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7351 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7352
7353 \(fn)" t nil)
7354
7355 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7356 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7357
7358 \(fn)" t nil)
7359
7360 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7361 View declaration of member at point.
7362
7363 \(fn)" t nil)
7364
7365 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7366 Find declaration of member at point.
7367
7368 \(fn)" t nil)
7369
7370 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7371 View definition of member at point.
7372
7373 \(fn)" t nil)
7374
7375 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7376 Find definition of member at point.
7377
7378 \(fn)" t nil)
7379
7380 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7381 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7382
7383 \(fn)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7386 View definition of member at point in other window.
7387
7388 \(fn)" t nil)
7389
7390 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7391 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7392
7393 \(fn)" t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7396 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7397
7398 \(fn)" t nil)
7399
7400 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7401 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7402
7403 \(fn)" t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7406 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7407
7408 \(fn)" t nil)
7409
7410 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7411 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7412 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7413 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7414 completion.
7415
7416 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7417
7418 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7419 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7420 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7421 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7422
7423 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7424
7425 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7426 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7427 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7428 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7429
7430 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7433 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7434 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7435
7436 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7439 Search for call sites of a member.
7440 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7441 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7442 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7443 looks like a function call to the member.
7444
7445 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7446
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7448 Move backward in the position stack.
7449 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7450
7451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7452
7453 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7454 Move forward in the position stack.
7455 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7456
7457 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7460 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7461
7462 \(fn)" t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7465 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7466
7467 \(fn)" t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7470 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7471 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7472 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7473
7474 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7475
7476 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7477 Display statistics for a class tree.
7478
7479 \(fn)" t nil)
7480
7481 ;;;***
7482 \f
7483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
7484 ;;;;;; 0))
7485 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7486
7487 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7488 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7489 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7490 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7491 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7492 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7493 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7494
7495 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7496
7497 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7498 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7499 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7500 also has this effect.
7501 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7502 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7503 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7505 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7506 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7507 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7508 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7509 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7510 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7511
7512 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7513
7514 ;;;***
7515 \f
7516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
7517 ;;;;;; 0))
7518 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7519
7520 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7521 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7522 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7523
7524 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7525
7526 ;;;***
7527 \f
7528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21187 63826
7529 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7530 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7531
7532 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7533
7534
7535 \(fn)" nil nil)
7536
7537 ;;;***
7538 \f
7539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7540 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7541 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7542
7543 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7544 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7545 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7546 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7547 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7548 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7549
7550 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7551
7552 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7553 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7554 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7555 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7556 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7557
7558 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7559 an EDE controlled project.
7560
7561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7562
7563 ;;;***
7564 \f
7565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el" (21187 63826
7566 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7567 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
7568 (push (purecopy '(dired 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7569
7570 ;;;***
7571 \f
7572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
7573 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
7574 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
7575 (push (purecopy '(project-am 0 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
7576
7577 ;;;***
7578 \f
7579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21261 4402
7580 ;;;;;; 232258 508000))
7581 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7582
7583 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7584 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7585 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7586 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7587 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7588
7589 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7590 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7591 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7592 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7593
7594 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7595
7596 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7597 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7598 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7599 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7600
7601 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7602
7603 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7604 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7605 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7606 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7607
7608 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7609
7610 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7611
7612 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7613 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7614 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7615 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7616 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7617
7618 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7619 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7620 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7621 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7622 instrumented for Edebug.
7623
7624 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7625 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7626 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7627 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7628 already is one.)
7629
7630 \(fn)" t nil)
7631
7632 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7633 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7634
7635 \(fn)" t nil)
7636
7637 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7638 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7639
7640 \(fn)" t nil)
7641
7642 ;;;***
7643 \f
7644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
7645 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7646 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7647
7648 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7649 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7650
7651 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7652
7653 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7654 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7655
7656 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7657
7658 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7659
7660 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7661
7662 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7663 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7664 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7665 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7666
7667 \(fn)" t nil)
7668
7669 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7670 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7671 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7672 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7673
7674 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7675
7676 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7677 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7678
7679 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7680
7681 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7682
7683 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7684 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7685
7686 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7687
7688 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7689
7690 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7691 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7692 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7693 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7694
7695 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7696
7697 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7698
7699 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7700 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7701 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7702 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7703
7704 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7705
7706 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7707
7708 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7709 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7710 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7711 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7712
7713 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7714
7715 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7716
7717 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7718 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7719 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7720 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7721
7722 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7723
7724 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7725
7726 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7727 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7728 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7729 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7730 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7731 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7732
7733 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7734
7735 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7736 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7737 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7738 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7739
7740 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7741
7742 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7743
7744 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7745 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7746 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7747 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7748
7749 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7750
7751 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7752
7753 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7754
7755 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7756 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7757 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7758 follows:
7759 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7760 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7761
7762 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7763
7764 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7765 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7766 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7767 follows:
7768 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7769 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7770
7771 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7772
7773 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7774 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7775 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7776 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7777 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7778
7779 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7780
7781 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7783 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7784 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7785 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7786 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7787
7788 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7789
7790 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7793 Merge two files without ancestor.
7794
7795 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7796
7797 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7798 Merge two files with ancestor.
7799
7800 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7801
7802 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7803
7804 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7805 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7806
7807 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7808
7809 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7810 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7811
7812 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7813
7814 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7815 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7816 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7817 buffer.
7818
7819 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7822 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7823 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7824 buffer.
7825
7826 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7827
7828 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7829 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7830 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7831 and don't ask the user.
7832 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7833 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7834
7835 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7836
7837 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7839 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7840 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7841 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7842 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7843 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7844 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7845
7846 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7847
7848 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7849
7850 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7851
7852 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7853 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7854 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7855 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7856 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7857
7858 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7859
7860 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7861
7862 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7863 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7864 When called interactively, displays the version.
7865
7866 \(fn)" t nil)
7867
7868 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7869 Display Ediff's manual.
7870 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7871
7872 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7873
7874 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7875
7876
7877 \(fn)" nil nil)
7878
7879 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7880
7881
7882 \(fn)" nil nil)
7883
7884 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7885
7886
7887 \(fn)" nil nil)
7888
7889 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7890
7891
7892 \(fn)" nil nil)
7893
7894 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7895
7896
7897 \(fn)" nil nil)
7898
7899 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7900
7901
7902 \(fn)" nil nil)
7903
7904 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7905
7906
7907 \(fn)" nil nil)
7908
7909 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7910
7911
7912 \(fn)" nil nil)
7913
7914 ;;;***
7915 \f
7916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21187 63826
7917 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7918 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7919
7920 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7921
7922
7923 \(fn)" t nil)
7924
7925 ;;;***
7926 \f
7927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21187 63826
7928 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7929 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7930
7931 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7932 Display Ediff's registry.
7933
7934 \(fn)" t nil)
7935
7936 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7937
7938 ;;;***
7939 \f
7940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21187 63826
7941 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
7942 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7943
7944 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7945 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7946 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7947 which see.
7948
7949 \(fn)" t nil)
7950
7951 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7952 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7953 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7954 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7955
7956 \(fn)" t nil)
7957
7958 ;;;***
7959 \f
7960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216
7961 ;;;;;; 0))
7962 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7963 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7964
7965 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7966 Edit a keyboard macro.
7967 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7968 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7969 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7970 its command name.
7971 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7972
7973 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7974
7975 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7976 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7977
7978 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7979
7980 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7981 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7982
7983 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7984
7985 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7986 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7987 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7988 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7989 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7990 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7991
7992 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7993 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7994 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7995 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7996
7997 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7998
7999 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8000 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8001 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8002 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8003 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8004 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8005
8006 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8007
8008 ;;;***
8009 \f
8010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21260 31670 94248
8011 ;;;;;; 0))
8012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8013
8014 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8015 Set scroll margins.
8016 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8017 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8018
8019 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8020
8021 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8022 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8023
8024 \(fn)" t nil)
8025
8026 ;;;***
8027 \f
8028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8030
8031 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8032 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8033 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8034 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8035 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8036 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8037 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8038
8039 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8040 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8041
8042 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8043 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8044 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8045 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8046
8047 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8048 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8049 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8050
8051 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8052 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8053 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8054
8055 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8056
8057 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8058
8059
8060 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8061
8062 ;;;***
8063 \f
8064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21226 13617
8065 ;;;;;; 810122 433000))
8066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8067 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8068
8069 ;;;***
8070 \f
8071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21187
8072 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
8073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8074 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8075
8076 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8077 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8078 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8079 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8080 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8081 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8082 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8083
8084 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8085
8086 ;;;***
8087 \f
8088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21226 13501
8089 ;;;;;; 706948 0))
8090 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8091
8092 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8093 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8094
8095 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8096
8097 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8098 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8099 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8100 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8101 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8102
8103 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8104 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8105 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8106 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8107 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8108 expression point is on.
8109
8110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8111
8112 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8113
8114 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8115 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8116 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8117 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8118 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8119 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8120 arg list.
8121
8122 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8123 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8124 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8125 effect.
8126
8127 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8128 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8129
8130 ;;;***
8131 \f
8132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21257 55477 969423
8133 ;;;;;; 0))
8134 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8135
8136 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8137 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8138
8139 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8140 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8141 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8142
8143 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8144
8145 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8146 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8147 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8150 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8151
8152 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8153
8154 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8155 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8157 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8158 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8159
8160 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8161 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8162 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8163
8164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8165
8166 ;;;***
8167 \f
8168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21187 63826 213216
8169 ;;;;;; 0))
8170 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8171
8172 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8173 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8174
8175 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8176 an elided material again.
8177
8178 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8179
8180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8181
8182 ;;;***
8183 \f
8184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21195 23530
8185 ;;;;;; 495420 0))
8186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8187
8188 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8189 Lint the file FILE.
8190
8191 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8192
8193 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8194 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8195 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8196
8197 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8198
8199 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8200 Lint the current buffer.
8201 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8202
8203 \(fn)" t nil)
8204
8205 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8206 Lint the function at point.
8207 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8208
8209 \(fn)" t nil)
8210
8211 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8212 Initialize elint.
8213 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8214 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8215
8216 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8217
8218 ;;;***
8219 \f
8220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21240 46395 727291
8221 ;;;;;; 0))
8222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8223
8224 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8225 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8226 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8227
8228 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8229
8230 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8231 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8232 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8233 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8234
8235 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8236
8237 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8238 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8239 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8240
8241 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8242
8243 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8244
8245 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8246 Display current profiling results.
8247 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8248 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8249 displayed.
8250
8251 \(fn)" t nil)
8252
8253 ;;;***
8254 \f
8255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21240 46395 727291
8256 ;;;;;; 0))
8257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8258
8259 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8260 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8261 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8262 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8263 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8264 ARG is omitted or nil.
8265
8266 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8267 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8268 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8269 used instead.
8270
8271 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8272
8273 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8274 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8275 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8276
8277 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8278
8279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8280
8281 ;;;***
8282 \f
8283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21240 46395
8284 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8286
8287 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8288 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8289 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8290
8291 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8292
8293 ;;;***
8294 \f
8295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21231 31415 579137
8296 ;;;;;; 0))
8297 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8298
8299 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8300 Run Emerge on two files.
8301
8302 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8303
8304 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8305 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8306
8307 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8308
8309 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8310 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8311
8312 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8313
8314 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8315 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8316
8317 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8318
8319 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8320
8321
8322 \(fn)" nil nil)
8323
8324 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8325
8326
8327 \(fn)" nil nil)
8328
8329 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8330
8331
8332 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8333
8334 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8335
8336
8337 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8338
8339 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8340 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8341
8342 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8343
8344 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8345 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8346
8347 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8348
8349 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8350
8351
8352 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8353
8354 ;;;***
8355 \f
8356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21187 63826
8357 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
8358 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8359
8360 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8361 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8362 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8363 text/enriched format.
8364
8365 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8366 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8367 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8368
8369 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8370
8371 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8372 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8373
8374 Commands:
8375
8376 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8377
8378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8379
8380 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8381
8382
8383 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8384
8385 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8386
8387
8388 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8389
8390 ;;;***
8391 \f
8392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21235 28473 29431 0))
8393 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8394
8395 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8396 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8397
8398 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8399
8400 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8401 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8402
8403 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8404
8405 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8406 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8407 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8408 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8409 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8410 the keys are listed.
8411 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8412
8413 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8416 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8417 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8418
8419 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8420
8421 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8422 Verify FILE.
8423
8424 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8425
8426 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8427 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8428
8429 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8430
8431 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8432 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8433
8434 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8435
8436 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8437 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8438
8439 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8440 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8441 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8442 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8443
8444 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8445 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8446 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8447 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8448 should consider using the string based counterpart
8449 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8450 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8451
8452 For example:
8453
8454 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8455 (decode-coding-string
8456 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8457 'utf-8))
8458
8459 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8460
8461 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8462 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8463
8464 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8465 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8466
8467 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8468
8469 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8470 Verify the current region between START and END.
8471
8472 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8473 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8474 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8475 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8476 should consider using the string based counterpart
8477 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8478 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8479
8480 For example:
8481
8482 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8483 (decode-coding-string
8484 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8485 'utf-8))
8486
8487 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8488
8489 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8490 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8491 between START and END.
8492
8493 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8494 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8495
8496 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8497
8498 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8499 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8500
8501 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8502 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8503 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8504 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8505 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8506 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8507
8508 For example:
8509
8510 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8511 (epg-sign-string
8512 context
8513 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8514
8515 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8516
8517 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8518 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8519
8520 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8521 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8522 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8523 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8524 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8525 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8526
8527 For example:
8528
8529 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8530 (epg-encrypt-string
8531 context
8532 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8533 nil))
8534
8535 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8536
8537 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8538 Delete selected KEYS.
8539
8540 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8543 Import keys from FILE.
8544
8545 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8546
8547 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8548 Import keys from the region.
8549
8550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8551
8552 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8553 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8554 between START and END.
8555
8556 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8557
8558 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8559 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8560
8561 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8562
8563 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8564 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8565
8566 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8567
8568 ;;;***
8569 \f
8570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
8571 ;;;;;; 0))
8572 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8573
8574 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8575 Decrypt marked files.
8576
8577 \(fn)" t nil)
8578
8579 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8580 Verify marked files.
8581
8582 \(fn)" t nil)
8583
8584 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8585 Sign marked files.
8586
8587 \(fn)" t nil)
8588
8589 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8590 Encrypt marked files.
8591
8592 \(fn)" t nil)
8593
8594 ;;;***
8595 \f
8596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21205 7349 58947
8597 ;;;;;; 0))
8598 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8599
8600 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8601
8602
8603 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8604
8605 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8606
8607
8608 \(fn)" t nil)
8609
8610 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8611
8612
8613 \(fn)" t nil)
8614
8615 ;;;***
8616 \f
8617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21187 63826 213216
8618 ;;;;;; 0))
8619 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8620
8621 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8622 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8623 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8624 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8625 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8626
8627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8628
8629 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8630 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8631 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8632
8633 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8634
8635 \(fn)" t nil)
8636
8637 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8638 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8639 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8640
8641 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8642
8643 \(fn)" t nil)
8644
8645 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8646 Sign the current buffer.
8647 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8648
8649 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8650
8651 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8652
8653 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8654 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8655 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8656 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8657 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8658 and also whether and how to sign.
8659
8660 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8661 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8662 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8663
8664 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8665
8666 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8667
8668 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8669 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8670 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8671
8672 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8673
8674 \(fn)" t nil)
8675
8676 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8677 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8678 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8679 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8680 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8681 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8682
8683 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8684
8685 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8686 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8688 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8689 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8690
8691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8692
8693 ;;;***
8694 \f
8695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21194 37048 599945 0))
8696 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8697 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8698
8699 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8700 Return a context object.
8701
8702 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8703
8704 ;;;***
8705 \f
8706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21187 63826 213216
8707 ;;;;;; 0))
8708 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8709
8710 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8711 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8712
8713 \(fn)" nil nil)
8714
8715 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8716 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8717
8718 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8719
8720 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8721 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8722
8723 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8724
8725 ;;;***
8726 \f
8727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
8728 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8729 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8730
8731 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8732 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8733
8734 \(fn)" nil nil)
8735
8736 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8737 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8738 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8739
8740 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8741
8742 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8743 (server (erc-compute-server))
8744 (port (erc-compute-port))
8745 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8746 password
8747 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8748
8749 That is, if called with
8750
8751 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8752
8753 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8754 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8755 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8756
8757 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8758
8759 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8760
8761 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8762 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8763 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8764
8765 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8766
8767 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8768 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8769 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8770 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8771
8772 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8773
8774 ;;;***
8775 \f
8776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21240
8777 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8778 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8779 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8780
8781 ;;;***
8782 \f
8783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21240 46395
8784 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8785 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8786 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8787
8788 ;;;***
8789 \f
8790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21240 46395
8791 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8792 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8793 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8794
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21240 46395
8798 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8800 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8801
8802 ;;;***
8803 \f
8804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
8805 ;;;;;; 0))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8807 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8808
8809 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8810 Parser for /dcc command.
8811 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8812 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8813 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8814
8815 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8816
8817 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8818 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8819
8820 \(fn)" nil nil)
8821
8822 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8823 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8824
8825 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8826 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8827 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8828 that subcommand.
8829
8830 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8831
8832 ;;;***
8833 \f
8834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8835 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
8836 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8837 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8838
8839 ;;;***
8840 \f
8841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21240
8842 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
8843 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8844
8845 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8846 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8847
8848 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8849
8850 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8851 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8852 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8853 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8854
8855 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8856
8857 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8858
8859
8860 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8861
8862 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8863 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8864
8865 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8866
8867 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8868 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8869
8870 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8871
8872 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8873 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8874
8875 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8876
8877 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8878 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8879
8880 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8881
8882 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8883 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8884
8885 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8886
8887 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8888 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8889
8890 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8891
8892 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8893 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8894
8895 \(fn)" nil nil)
8896
8897 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8898 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8899
8900 \(fn)" nil nil)
8901
8902 ;;;***
8903 \f
8904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21240 46395 727291
8905 ;;;;;; 0))
8906 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8907 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8908
8909 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8910 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8911 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8912
8913 \(fn)" nil nil)
8914
8915 ;;;***
8916 \f
8917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21240 46395
8918 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8919 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8920 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8921
8922 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8923 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8924 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8925 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8926 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8927 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8928 system.
8929
8930 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8931
8932 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8933
8934
8935 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8936
8937 ;;;***
8938 \f
8939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21240 46395
8940 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
8941 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8942
8943 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8944
8945
8946 \(fn)" nil nil)
8947
8948 ;;;***
8949 \f
8950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21240 46395 727291
8951 ;;;;;; 0))
8952 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8953 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8954
8955 ;;;***
8956 \f
8957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (21240 46395 727291
8958 ;;;;;; 0))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
8960 (push (purecopy '(erc-lang 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8961
8962 ;;;***
8963 \f
8964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21240 46395 727291
8965 ;;;;;; 0))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8967 (push (purecopy '(erc-list 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8968 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8969
8970 ;;;***
8971 \f
8972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
8973 ;;;;;; 0))
8974 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8975 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8976
8977 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8978 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8979 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8980 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8981 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8982 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8983
8984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8985
8986 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8987 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8988 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8989 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8990
8991 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8992 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8993 automatically.
8994
8995 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8996 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8997
8998 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8999
9000 ;;;***
9001 \f
9002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21240 46395
9003 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9004 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9005 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9006
9007 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9008 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9009
9010 \(fn)" t nil)
9011
9012 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9013 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9014
9015 \(fn)" t nil)
9016
9017 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9018 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9019
9020 \(fn)" t nil)
9021
9022 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9023 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9024
9025 \(fn)" t nil)
9026
9027 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9028 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9029
9030 \(fn)" t nil)
9031
9032 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9033 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9034
9035 \(fn)" t nil)
9036
9037 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9038 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9039
9040 \(fn)" t nil)
9041
9042 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9043 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9044
9045 \(fn)" t nil)
9046
9047 ;;;***
9048 \f
9049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
9050 ;;;;;; 0))
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9052 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9053
9054 ;;;***
9055 \f
9056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21240
9057 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9059 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9060
9061 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9062 Show who's gone.
9063
9064 \(fn)" nil nil)
9065
9066 ;;;***
9067 \f
9068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21260
9069 ;;;;;; 55795 711190 0))
9070 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9071
9072 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9073 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9074 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9075 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9076
9077 \(fn)" nil nil)
9078
9079 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9080 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9081
9082 \(fn)" t nil)
9083
9084 ;;;***
9085 \f
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21240 46395
9087 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9090
9091 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9092 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9093 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9094 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9095
9096 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9097
9098 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9099
9100
9101 \(fn)" nil nil)
9102
9103 ;;;***
9104 \f
9105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21240 46395 727291
9106 ;;;;;; 0))
9107 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9108 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9109
9110 ;;;***
9111 \f
9112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21240
9113 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9114 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9115 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9116
9117 ;;;***
9118 \f
9119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21240 46395
9120 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9121 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9122 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9123
9124 ;;;***
9125 \f
9126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
9127 ;;;;;; 0))
9128 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9129 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9130
9131 ;;;***
9132 \f
9133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21240
9134 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9136 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9137
9138 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9139 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9140
9141 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9142
9143 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9144 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9145 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9146
9147 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9148
9149 ;;;***
9150 \f
9151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21240 46395
9152 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9154 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9155
9156 ;;;***
9157 \f
9158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21240
9159 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9160 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9161
9162 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9163 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9164 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9165
9166 \(fn)" t nil)
9167
9168 ;;;***
9169 \f
9170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21240
9171 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9172 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9173 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9174
9175 ;;;***
9176 \f
9177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21240 46395
9178 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9179 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9180 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9181
9182 ;;;***
9183 \f
9184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21240 46395
9185 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9187
9188 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9189 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9190 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9191
9192 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9193
9194 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9195 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9197 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9198 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9199
9200 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9201 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9202 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9203 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9204
9205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9206 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9207
9208 ;;;***
9209 \f
9210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21240
9211 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
9212 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9213 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9214
9215 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9216 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9217 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9218 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9219
9220 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9221
9222 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9223 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9224 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9225
9226 \(fn)" t nil)
9227
9228 ;;;***
9229 \f
9230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
9231 ;;;;;; 0))
9232 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9233 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9234
9235 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9236 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9237
9238 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9239
9240 ;;;***
9241 \f
9242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21261 52533 628241
9243 ;;;;;; 0))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9245
9246 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9247 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9248
9249 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9250 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9251
9252 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9253 useful for assertions in BODY.
9254
9255 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9256
9257 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9258 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9259 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9260
9261 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9262
9263 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9264
9265 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9266
9267 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9268 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9269
9270 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9271 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9272 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9273 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9274
9275 Returns the stats object.
9276
9277 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9278
9279 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9280 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9281
9282 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9283 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9284 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9285 the tests).
9286
9287 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9288
9289 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9290 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9291
9292 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9293 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9294 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9295 and how to display message.
9296
9297 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9298
9299 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9300
9301 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9302 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9303
9304 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9305
9306 ;;;***
9307 \f
9308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21187 63826
9309 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9311
9312 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9313
9314 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9315 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9316
9317 \(fn)" t nil)
9318
9319 ;;;***
9320 \f
9321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21213 1461
9322 ;;;;;; 513511 0))
9323 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9324
9325 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9326 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9327
9328 \(fn)" t nil)
9329
9330 ;;;***
9331 \f
9332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21187 63826 213216
9333 ;;;;;; 0))
9334 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9335 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9336
9337 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9338 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9339 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9340 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9341 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9342 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9343 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9344 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9345 buffer selected (or created).
9346
9347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9348
9349 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9350 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9351 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9352
9353 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9354
9355 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9356 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9357 The result might be any Lisp object.
9358 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9359 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9360 corresponding to a successful execution.
9361
9362 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9363
9364 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9365
9366 ;;;***
9367 \f
9368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21240 46395 727291
9369 ;;;;;; 0))
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9371
9372 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9373 File name of tags table.
9374 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9375 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9376 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9377 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9378 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9379
9380 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9381 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9382 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9383 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9384
9385 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9386
9387 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9388 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9389 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9390 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9391 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9392 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9393
9394 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9395
9396 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9397 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9398 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9399
9400 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9401
9402 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9403 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9404 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9405 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9406 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9407
9408 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9409
9410 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9411 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9412 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9413 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9414
9415 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9416
9417 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9418 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9419 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9420 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9421 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9422
9423 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9424
9425 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9426 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9427
9428 \(fn)" t nil)
9429
9430 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9431 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9432 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9433 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9434
9435 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9436 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9437 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9438 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9439 file the tag was in.
9440
9441 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9442
9443 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9444 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9445 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9446 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9447 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9448 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9449 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9450 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9451 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9452
9453 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9454
9455 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9456 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9457 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9458 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9459 without directory names.
9460
9461 \(fn)" nil nil)
9462 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9463 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9464 (progn
9465 (load "etags")
9466 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9467
9468 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9469 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9470 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9471 but does not select the buffer.
9472 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9473
9474 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9475 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9476 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9477 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9478 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9479
9480 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9481
9482 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9483 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9484 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9485
9486 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9487
9488 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9489
9490 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9491 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9492 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9493 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9494
9495 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9496 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9497 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9498 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9499 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9500
9501 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9502
9503 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9504 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9505 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9506
9507 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9508
9509 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9510 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9511
9512 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9513 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9514 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9515 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9516 around or before point.
9517
9518 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9519 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9520 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9521 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9522 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9523
9524 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9525
9526 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9527 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9528 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9529
9530 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9531
9532 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9533 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9534
9535 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9536 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9537 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9538 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9539 around or before point.
9540
9541 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9542 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9543 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9544 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9545 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9546
9547 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9548
9549 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9550 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9551 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9552
9553 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9554
9555 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9556 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9557
9558 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9559 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9560 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9561
9562 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9563 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9564 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9565 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9566 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9567
9568 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9569
9570 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9571 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9572 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9573
9574 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9575
9576 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9577 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9578 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9579
9580 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9581 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9582
9583 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9584 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9585 where they were found.
9586
9587 \(fn)" t nil)
9588
9589 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9590 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9591
9592 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9593 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9594 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9595
9596 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9597 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9598
9599 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9600 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9601
9602 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9603
9604 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9605 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9606 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9607 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9608
9609 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9610 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9611 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9612 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9613 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9614
9615 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9616 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9617
9618 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9619 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9620 Stops when a match is found.
9621 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9622
9623 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9624 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9625 restricted to these files.
9626
9627 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9628
9629 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9630
9631 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9632 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9633 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9634 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9635 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9636 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9637 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9638 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9639
9640 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9641 produce the list of files to search.
9642
9643 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9644
9645 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9646
9647 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9648 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9649 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9650 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9651 directory specification.
9652
9653 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9654
9655 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9656 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9657
9658 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9659
9660 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9661 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9662 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9663 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9664
9665 \(fn)" t nil)
9666
9667 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9668 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9669 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9670 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9671 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9672
9673 \(fn)" t nil)
9674
9675 ;;;***
9676 \f
9677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21187
9678 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9679 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9680
9681 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9682
9683
9684 \(fn)" nil nil)
9685
9686 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9687 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9688
9689 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9690 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9691
9692 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9693 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9694 primary language.
9695
9696 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9697 even if the buffer is read-only.
9698
9699 See also the descriptions of the variables
9700 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9701
9702 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9703
9704 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9705 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9706
9707 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9708 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9709
9710 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9711 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9712 primary language.
9713
9714 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9715 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9716
9717 See also the descriptions of the variables
9718 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9719
9720 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9721
9722 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9723 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9724 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9725 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9726
9727 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9728
9729 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9730 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9731 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9732 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9733
9734 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9735 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9736 primary language.
9737
9738 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9739 buffer is read-only.
9740
9741 See also the descriptions of the variables
9742 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9743 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9744
9745 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9748 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9749
9750 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9751 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9752
9753 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9754 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9755 the primary language.
9756
9757 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9758 buffer is read-only.
9759
9760 See also the descriptions of the variables
9761 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9762 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9763
9764 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9765
9766 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9767 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9768 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9769
9770 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9773 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9774
9775 \(fn)" t nil)
9776
9777 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9778 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9779
9780 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9781 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9782 be 1, 2, or 3.
9783
9784 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9785 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9786 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9787
9788 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9789
9790 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9791
9792 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9793 This function is deprecated.
9794
9795 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9796
9797 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9798 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9799
9800 \(fn)" t nil)
9801
9802 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9803 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9804
9805 \(fn)" t nil)
9806
9807 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9808 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9809
9810 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9811 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9812
9813 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9814 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9815
9816 \(fn)" nil nil)
9817
9818 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9819 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9820
9821 \(fn)" nil nil)
9822
9823 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9824 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9825
9826 \(fn)" nil nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9829 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9830
9831 \(fn)" nil nil)
9832
9833 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9834 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9835 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9836
9837 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9840
9841
9842 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9843
9844 ;;;***
9845 \f
9846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9847 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9848
9849 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9850 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9851 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9852 server for future sessions.
9853
9854 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9855
9856 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9857 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9858 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9859
9860 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9861
9862 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9863 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9864 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9865
9866 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9867
9868 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9869 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9870 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9871 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9872 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9873 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9874 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9875 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9876 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9877 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9878 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9879 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9880
9881 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9882
9883 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9884 Display a form to query the directory server.
9885 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9886 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9887
9888 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9889
9890 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9891 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9892 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9893
9894 \(fn)" t nil)
9895
9896 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9897
9898 ;;;***
9899 \f
9900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21187 63826 213216
9901 ;;;;;; 0))
9902 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9903
9904 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9905 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9906
9907 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9908
9909 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9910 Display URL and make it clickable.
9911
9912 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9913
9914 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9915 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9916
9917 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9918
9919 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9920 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9921
9922 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9923
9924 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9925 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9926
9927 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9928
9929 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9930 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9931
9932 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9933
9934 ;;;***
9935 \f
9936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21187 63826
9937 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
9938 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9939
9940 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9941 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9942 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9943
9944 \(fn)" t nil)
9945
9946 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9947 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9948
9949 \(fn)" t nil)
9950
9951 ;;;***
9952 \f
9953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21187
9954 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
9955 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9956
9957 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9958 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9959
9960 \(fn)" t nil)
9961
9962 ;;;***
9963 \f
9964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9965 ;;;;;; 0))
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9967
9968 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9969 Create an empty ewoc.
9970
9971 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9972
9973 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9974 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9975 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9976 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9977 `insert-before-markers'.
9978
9979 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9980 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9981 respectively, of the ewoc.
9982
9983 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9984 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9985 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9986
9987 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9988
9989 ;;;***
9990 \f
9991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21220 61111 156047 0))
9992 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9993
9994 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9995 Fetch URL and render the page.
9996 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9997 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9998
9999 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10000 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10001
10002 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10003 Render a file using EWW.
10004
10005 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10006
10007 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10008
10009
10010 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10011
10012 ;;;***
10013 \f
10014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21187
10015 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
10016 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10017
10018 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10019 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10020 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10021
10022 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10023
10024 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10025 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10026 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10027 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10028 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10029
10030 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10031
10032 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10033 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10034 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10035 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10036 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10037 executable.
10038
10039 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10040
10041 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10042 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10043 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10044
10045 \(fn)" t nil)
10046
10047 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10048 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10049 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10050 file modes.
10051
10052 \(fn)" nil nil)
10053
10054 ;;;***
10055 \f
10056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
10057 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10058
10059 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10060 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10061 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10062 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10063
10064 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10065
10066 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10067 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10068 to generate such functions.
10069
10070 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10071 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10072 beginning of the expanded text.
10073
10074 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10075 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10076 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10077 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10078
10079 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10080
10081 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10082
10083 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10084 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10085 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10086
10087 \(fn)" nil nil)
10088
10089 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10090 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10091 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10092
10093 \(fn)" t nil)
10094
10095 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10096 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10097 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10098
10099 \(fn)" t nil)
10100 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10101 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10102
10103 ;;;***
10104 \f
10105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21187 63826 213216
10106 ;;;;;; 0))
10107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10108
10109 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10110 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10111 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10112
10113 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10114 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10115 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10116
10117 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10118
10119 Key definitions:
10120 \\{f90-mode-map}
10121
10122 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10123
10124 `f90-do-indent'
10125 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10126 `f90-if-indent'
10127 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10128 `f90-type-indent'
10129 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10130 `f90-program-indent'
10131 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10132 (default 2).
10133 `f90-associate-indent'
10134 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10135 `f90-critical-indent'
10136 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10137 `f90-continuation-indent'
10138 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10139 `f90-comment-region'
10140 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10141 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10142 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10143 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10144 (default \"!\").
10145 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10146 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10147 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10148 `f90-break-delimiters'
10149 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10150 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10151 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10152 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10153 (default t).
10154 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10155 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10156 `f90-smart-end'
10157 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10158 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10159 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10160 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10161 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10162 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10163 `f90-leave-line-no'
10164 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10165
10166 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10167 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10168
10169 \(fn)" t nil)
10170
10171 ;;;***
10172 \f
10173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21241 18251 378509
10174 ;;;;;; 0))
10175 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10176
10177 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10178 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10179 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10180 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10181
10182 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10183 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10184 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10185 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10186 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10187
10188 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10189 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10190 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10191 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10192 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10193 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10194 attributes.
10195
10196 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10197 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10198
10199 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10200
10201 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10202 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10203 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10204 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10205
10206 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10207
10208 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10209 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10210 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10211 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10212
10213 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10214 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10215 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10216
10217 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10218 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10219 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10220 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10221
10222 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10223
10224 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10225 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10226 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10227
10228 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10229 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10230 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10231 the same amount).
10232
10233 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10234
10235 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10236 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10237 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10238
10239 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10240 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10241 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10242 will remove any scaling currently active.
10243
10244 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10245
10246 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10247 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10248 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10249
10250 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10251 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10252 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10253 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10254 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10255
10256 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10257 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10258
10259 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10260
10261 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10262 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10263
10264 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10265 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10266 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10267
10268 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10269 the face height as long as the input event read
10270 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10271
10272 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10273 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10274 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10275 will remove any scaling currently active.
10276
10277 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10278 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10279 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10280 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10281 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10282
10283 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10284
10285 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10286 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10287 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10288 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10289 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10290 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10291
10292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10293
10294 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10295 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10296 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10297 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10298 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10299 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10300 `buffer-face-mode'.
10301
10302 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10303 local, and sets it to FACE.
10304
10305 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10306
10307 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10308 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10309 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10310 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10311 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10312 `face' text property.
10313
10314 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10315 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10316 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10317 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10318
10319 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10320 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10321
10322 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10323
10324 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10325 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10326 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10327 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10328
10329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10330
10331 ;;;***
10332 \f
10333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10334 ;;;;;; 0))
10335 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10336 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10337
10338 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10339 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10340 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10341 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10342
10343 \(fn)" nil nil)
10344
10345 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10346 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10347
10348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10349
10350 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10351 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10352 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10353 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10354
10355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10356
10357 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10358 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10359 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10360 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10361 backup file names and the like).
10362
10363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10364
10365 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10366 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10367 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10368 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10369 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10370 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10371 internally by feedmail):
10372
10373 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10374 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10375 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10376 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10377
10378 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10379 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10380 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10381 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10382 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10383
10384 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10385
10386 ;;;***
10387 \f
10388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
10389 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10390
10391 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10392 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10393 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10394 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10395 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10396 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10397 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10398
10399 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10400
10401 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10402 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10403 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10404 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10405 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10406 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10407 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10408
10409 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10410
10411 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10412
10413 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10414 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10415 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10416 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10417 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10418 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10419
10420 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10421
10422 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10423 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10424 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10425 Return value:
10426 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10427 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10428 * otherwise, nil
10429
10430 \(fn E)" t nil)
10431
10432 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10433 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10434 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10435
10436 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10437
10438 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10439 Try to get a file name at point.
10440 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10441
10442 \(fn)" nil nil)
10443
10444 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10445 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10446
10447 \(fn)" t nil)
10448
10449 ;;;***
10450 \f
10451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21265 49588 918402
10452 ;;;;;; 0))
10453 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10454
10455 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10456 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10457 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10458 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10459
10460 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10461
10462 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10463 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10464 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10465 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10466 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10467 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10468
10469 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10470
10471 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10472 Add FILE to the file cache.
10473
10474 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10475
10476 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10477 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10478 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10479
10480 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10481
10482 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10483 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10484 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10485
10486 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10487
10488 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10489 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10490 This function does not use any external programs.
10491 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10492 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10493 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10494
10495 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10496
10497 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10498 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10499 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10500 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10501 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10502 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10503 \(directories) is done.
10504
10505 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10506
10507 ;;;***
10508 \f
10509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21187 63826 213216
10510 ;;;;;; 0))
10511 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10512
10513 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10514 Handle file system monitoring event.
10515 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10516 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10517
10518 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10519
10520 ;;;***
10521 \f
10522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21240 46395 727291
10523 ;;;;;; 0))
10524 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10525
10526 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10527 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10528
10529 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10530 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10531 Local Variables list.
10532
10533 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10534 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10535 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10536
10537 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10538
10539 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10540 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10541
10542 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10543
10544 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10545 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10546
10547 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10548 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10549 the -*- line.
10550
10551 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10552 then this function adds it.
10553
10554 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10555
10556 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10557 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10558
10559 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10560
10561 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10562 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10563
10564 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10565
10566 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10567 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10568
10569 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10570
10571 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10572 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10573
10574 \(fn)" t nil)
10575
10576 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10577 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10578
10579 \(fn)" t nil)
10580
10581 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10582 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10583
10584 \(fn)" t nil)
10585
10586 ;;;***
10587 \f
10588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21240 46395 727291
10589 ;;;;;; 0))
10590 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10591
10592 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10593 Filesets initialization.
10594 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10595
10596 \(fn)" nil nil)
10597
10598 ;;;***
10599 \f
10600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21187 63826 213216
10601 ;;;;;; 0))
10602 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10603 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10604
10605 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10606 Initiate the building of a find command.
10607 For example:
10608
10609 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10610 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10611 (mtime \"+1\"))
10612 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10613
10614 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10615 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10616
10617 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10618
10619 ;;;***
10620 \f
10621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21264 57319 597552
10622 ;;;;;; 0))
10623 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10624
10625 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10626 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10627 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10628
10629 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10630
10631 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10632 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10633
10634 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10635
10636 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10637 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10638 and run Dired on those files.
10639 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10640 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10641
10642 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10643
10644 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10645
10646 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10647
10648 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10649 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10650 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10651
10652 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10653 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10654
10655 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10656 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10657
10658 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10659
10660 ;;;***
10661 \f
10662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21240 46395 727291
10663 ;;;;;; 0))
10664 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10665
10666 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10667 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10668 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10669 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10670 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10671 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10672 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10673
10674 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10675
10676 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10677 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10678 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10679
10680 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10681
10682 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10683
10684 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10685
10686 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10687 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10688 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10689
10690 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10691 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10692
10693 Variables of interest include:
10694
10695 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10696 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10697 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10698
10699 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10700 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10701 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10702
10703 - `ff-ignore-include'
10704 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10705
10706 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10707 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10708
10709 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10710 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10711
10712 - `ff-special-constructs'
10713 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10714 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10715 extracting the filename from that construct.
10716
10717 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10718 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10719
10720 - `ff-search-directories'
10721 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10722 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10723
10724 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10725 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10726
10727 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10728 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10729
10730 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10731 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10732
10733 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10734 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10735
10736 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10737 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10738
10739 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10740
10741 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10742 Visit the file you click on.
10743
10744 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10745
10746 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10747 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10748
10749 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10750
10751 ;;;***
10752 \f
10753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21230
10754 ;;;;;; 10550 983182 0))
10755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10756
10757 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10758 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10759 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10760
10761 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10762
10763 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10764 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10765 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10766 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10767
10768 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10769 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10770 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10771 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10772
10773 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10774
10775 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10776 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10777
10778 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10779 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10780 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10781 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10782
10783 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10784 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10785 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10786
10787 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10788 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10789 in `load-path'.
10790
10791 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10792
10793 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10794 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10795
10796 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10797 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10798 places point before the definition.
10799 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10800
10801 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10802 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10803 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10804
10805 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10806
10807 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10808 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10809
10810 See `find-function' for more details.
10811
10812 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10813
10814 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10815 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10816
10817 See `find-function' for more details.
10818
10819 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10820
10821 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10822 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10823
10824 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10825 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10826 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10827
10828 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10829 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10830
10831 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10832
10833 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10834 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10835
10836 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10837 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10838 places point before the definition.
10839
10840 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10841
10842 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10843 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10844 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10845
10846 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10847
10848 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10849 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10850
10851 See `find-variable' for more details.
10852
10853 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10854
10855 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10856 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10857
10858 See `find-variable' for more details.
10859
10860 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10861
10862 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10863 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10864 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10865 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10866 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10867 buffer nor display it.
10868
10869 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10870 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10871
10872 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10873
10874 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10875 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10876
10877 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10878 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10879 places point before the definition.
10880
10881 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10882
10883 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10884 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10885 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10886
10887 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10888
10889 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10890 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10891 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10892
10893 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10894
10895 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10896 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10897
10898 \(fn)" t nil)
10899
10900 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10901 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10902
10903 \(fn)" t nil)
10904
10905 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10906 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10907
10908 \(fn)" nil nil)
10909
10910 ;;;***
10911 \f
10912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
10913 ;;;;;; 0))
10914 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10915
10916 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10917 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10918
10919 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10920
10921 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10922 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10923
10924 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10925
10926 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10927 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10928
10929 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10930
10931 ;;;***
10932 \f
10933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21264 57319 597552 0))
10934 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10935 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10936
10937 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10938 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10939
10940 \(fn)" t nil)
10941
10942 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10943 Display FILE's commentary section.
10944 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10945
10946 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10947
10948 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10949 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10950
10951 \(fn)" t nil)
10952
10953 ;;;***
10954 \f
10955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21240 46395 727291
10956 ;;;;;; 0))
10957 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10958
10959 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10960 Toggle flow control handling.
10961 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10962 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10963
10964 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10965
10966 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10967 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10968 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10969 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10970 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10971 to get the effect of a C-q.
10972
10973 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10974
10975 ;;;***
10976 \f
10977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21187 63826
10978 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
10979 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10980
10981 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10982
10983
10984 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10985
10986 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10987
10988
10989 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10990
10991 ;;;***
10992 \f
10993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21245 64312
10994 ;;;;;; 799897 0))
10995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10996 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10997
10998 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10999 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11000 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11001 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11002 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11003 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11004
11005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11006
11007 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11008 Turn flymake mode on.
11009
11010 \(fn)" nil nil)
11011
11012 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11013 Turn flymake mode off.
11014
11015 \(fn)" nil nil)
11016
11017 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11018
11019
11020 \(fn)" nil nil)
11021
11022 ;;;***
11023 \f
11024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21240 46395
11025 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
11026 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11027
11028 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11029 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11030
11031 \(fn)" t nil)
11032 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11033
11034 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11035 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11036 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11037 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11038 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11039
11040 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11041 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11042 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11043
11044 Bindings:
11045 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11046 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11047 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11048 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11049
11050 Hooks:
11051 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11052
11053 Remark:
11054 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11055 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11056 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11057
11058 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11059 consider adding:
11060 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11061 in your init file.
11062
11063 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11064 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11065
11066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11067
11068 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11069 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11070
11071 \(fn)" nil nil)
11072
11073 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11074 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11075
11076 \(fn)" nil nil)
11077
11078 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11079 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11080
11081 \(fn)" nil nil)
11082
11083 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11084 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11085
11086 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11087
11088 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11089 Flyspell whole buffer.
11090
11091 \(fn)" t nil)
11092
11093 ;;;***
11094 \f
11095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21240 46395 727291
11096 ;;;;;; 0))
11097 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11098 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11099
11100 ;;;***
11101 \f
11102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
11103 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11104
11105 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11106 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11107
11108 \(fn)" nil nil)
11109
11110 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11111 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11112
11113 \(fn)" nil nil)
11114
11115 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11116 Toggle Follow mode.
11117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11118 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11119 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11120
11121 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11122 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11123
11124 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11125 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11126 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11127
11128 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11129 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11130 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11131 movement commands.
11132
11133 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11134 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11135 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11136 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11137 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11138 mileage may vary).
11139
11140 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11141 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11142
11143 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11144
11145 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11146
11147 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11148 \\{follow-mode-map}
11149
11150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11151
11152 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11153 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11154
11155 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11156 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11157 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11158 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11159 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11160 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11161
11162 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11163 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11164 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11165
11166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11167
11168 ;;;***
11169 \f
11170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21187 63826
11171 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11173 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11174
11175 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11176 Toggle Footnote mode.
11177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11178 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11179 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11180
11181 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11182 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11183 play around with the following keys:
11184 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11185
11186 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11187
11188 ;;;***
11189 \f
11190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11191 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11192
11193 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11194 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11195
11196 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11197 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11198 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11199 C-c < forms-first-record <
11200 C-c > forms-last-record >
11201 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11202 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11203 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11204 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11205 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11206 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11207 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11208 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11209 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11210 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11211
11212 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11213
11214 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11215 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11216
11217 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11218
11219 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11220 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11221
11222 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11223
11224 ;;;***
11225 \f
11226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21187 63826
11227 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11228 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11229
11230 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11231 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11232 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11233
11234 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11235 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11236
11237 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11238
11239 Key definitions:
11240 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11241
11242 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11243
11244 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11245 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11246 `fortran-do-indent'
11247 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11248 `fortran-if-indent'
11249 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11250 `fortran-structure-indent'
11251 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11252 (default 3)
11253 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11254 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11255 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11256 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11257 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11258 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11259 nil don't change the indentation
11260 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11261 value of either
11262 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11263 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11264 depending on the continuation format in use.
11265 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11266 indentation for a line of code.
11267 (default 'fixed)
11268 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11269 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11270 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11271 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11272 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11273 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11274 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11275 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11276 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11277 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11278 column 5.
11279 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11280 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11281 statements (default nil).
11282 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11283 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11284 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11285 `fortran-continuation-string'
11286 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11287 line (default \"$\").
11288 `fortran-comment-region'
11289 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11290 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11291 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11292 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11293 as typed (default t).
11294 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11295 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11296
11297 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11298 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11299
11300 \(fn)" t nil)
11301
11302 ;;;***
11303 \f
11304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21187 63826 213216
11305 ;;;;;; 0))
11306 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11307
11308 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11309 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11310
11311 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11312 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11313
11314 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11315
11316 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11317 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11318
11319 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11320 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11321
11322 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11323
11324 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11325 Compile fortune file.
11326
11327 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11328 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11329
11330 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11331
11332 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11333 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11334
11335 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11336 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11337 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11338 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11339
11340 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11341
11342 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11343 Display a fortune cookie.
11344 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11345 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11346 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11347 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11348
11349 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11350
11351 ;;;***
11352 \f
11353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21253 58421 377974
11354 ;;;;;; 0))
11355 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11356
11357 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11358 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11359 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11360
11361 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11362 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11363 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11364
11365 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11366 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11367
11368 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11369 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11370
11371 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11372 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11373 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11374 intend to modify existing values, do
11375
11376 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11377
11378 before changing anything.
11379
11380 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11381 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11382
11383 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11384 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11385 to restore the frame.
11386
11387 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11388 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11389 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11390
11391 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11392 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11393 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11394 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11395 FILTER A filter function.
11396
11397 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11398 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11399
11400 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11401
11402 where
11403
11404 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11405 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11406 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11407 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11408 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11409 before restoring it.
11410 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11411
11412 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11413 It must return:
11414 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11415 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11416 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11417
11418 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11419 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11420
11421 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11422 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11423 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11424 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11425 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11426 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11427 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11428
11429 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11430
11431 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11432 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11433
11434 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11435
11436 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11437 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11438 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11439 If nil, check all live frames.
11440
11441 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11442
11443 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11444 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11445 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11446 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11447 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11448 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11449 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11450 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11451 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11452 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11453 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11454
11455 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11456
11457 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11458 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11459
11460 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11461 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11462 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11463 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11464 and window-state is not restored.
11465
11466 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11467 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11468
11469 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to use to reuse frames when restoring:
11470 t Reuse existing frames if possible, and delete those not reused.
11471 nil Restore frameset in new frames and delete existing frames.
11472 :keep Restore frameset in new frames and keep the existing ones.
11473 LIST A list of frames to reuse; only these are reused (if possible).
11474 Remaining frames in this list are deleted; other frames not
11475 included on the list are left untouched.
11476
11477 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11478 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11479 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11480 :delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11481 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11482 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11483 `:delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11484 be created from that parameter alist.
11485
11486 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11487 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11488 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11489 :all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11490 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11491 - the live frame just restored,
11492 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11493 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11494 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11495
11496 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11497 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11498 being restored before that happens; and FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11499 it has been restored.
11500
11501 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11502
11503 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN)" nil nil)
11504
11505 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11506 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11507 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11508 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11509
11510 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11511
11512 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11513
11514 ;;;***
11515 \f
11516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21187 63826
11517 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11518 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11519 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11520
11521 ;;;***
11522 \f
11523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21240 46395
11524 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
11525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11526
11527 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11528 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11529 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11530
11531 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11532
11533 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11534 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11535 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11536 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11537 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11538 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11539 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11540
11541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11542
11543 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11544 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11545 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11546 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11547
11548 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11549 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11550 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11551 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11552 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11553
11554 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11555 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11556 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11557 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11558
11559 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11560 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11561 shown in some of the buffers.
11562
11563 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11564
11565 The following commands help control operation :
11566
11567 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11568 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11569
11570 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11571 detailed description of this mode.
11572
11573
11574 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11575 | GDB Toolbar |
11576 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11577 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11578 | | |
11579 | | |
11580 | | |
11581 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11582 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11583 | | (comint-mode) |
11584 | | |
11585 | | |
11586 | | |
11587 | | |
11588 | | |
11589 | | |
11590 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11591 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11592 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11593 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11594 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11595 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11596
11597 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11598
11599 ;;;***
11600 \f
11601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21202 31159
11602 ;;;;;; 541460 0))
11603 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11604
11605 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11606 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11607 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11608 instead (which see).")
11609
11610 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11611 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11612
11613 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11614 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11615 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11616 documentation string instead.
11617
11618 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11619 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11620 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11621 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11622 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11623 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11624 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11625 enders are actually possible.
11626
11627 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11628 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11629
11630 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11631 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11632 `font-lock-keywords'.
11633
11634 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11635 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11636 runs the macro expansion.
11637
11638 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11639 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11640 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11641
11642 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11643
11644 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11645
11646 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11647
11648 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11649
11650 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11651 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11652
11653 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11654
11655 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11656 Enter generic mode MODE.
11657
11658 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11659 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11660 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11661
11662 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11663 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11664
11665 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11666
11667 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11668 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11669 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11670 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11671 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11672 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11673 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11674 `font-lock-keywords'.
11675
11676 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11677
11678 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11679
11680 ;;;***
11681 \f
11682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21187 63826
11683 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11685
11686 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11687 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11688 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11689 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11690 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11691 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11692
11693 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11694
11695 ;;;***
11696 \f
11697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21197 43194
11698 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
11699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11700
11701 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11702 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11703 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11704
11705 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11706
11707 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11708 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11709
11710 Guideline for numbers:
11711 1 - error messages
11712 3 - non-serious error messages
11713 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11714 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11715 9 - messages inside loops.
11716
11717 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11718
11719 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11720 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11721 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11722
11723 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11724
11725 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11726 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11727
11728 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11729
11730 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11731 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11732
11733 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11734 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11735 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11736 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11737 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11738 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11739
11740 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11741 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11742 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11743 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11744 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11745
11746 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11747
11748 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11749
11750 ;;;***
11751 \f
11752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11753 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11754 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11755 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11756 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11757
11758 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11759 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11760
11761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11762
11763 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11764 Read network news.
11765 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11766 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11767 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11768 name of an NNTP server to use.
11769 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11770 server.
11771
11772 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11773
11774 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11775 Read news as a slave.
11776
11777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11778
11779 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11780 Pop up a frame to read news.
11781 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11782 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11783 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11784 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11785 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11786 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11787 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11788 current display is used.
11789
11790 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11791
11792 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11793 Read network news.
11794 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11795 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11796 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11797
11798 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11799
11800 ;;;***
11801 \f
11802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21187 63826
11803 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11805
11806 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11807 Start Gnus unplugged.
11808
11809 \(fn)" t nil)
11810
11811 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11812 Start Gnus plugged.
11813
11814 \(fn)" t nil)
11815
11816 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11817 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11818
11819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11822 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11823
11824 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11825 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11826 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11827
11828 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11829 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11830 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11831
11832 \(fn)" t nil)
11833
11834 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11835 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11836
11837 \(fn)" nil nil)
11838
11839 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11840 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11841 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11842 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11843 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11844 supported.
11845
11846 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11847
11848 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11849 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11850 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11851 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11852 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11853 supported.
11854
11855 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11856
11857 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11858 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11859
11860 \(fn)" nil nil)
11861
11862 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11863 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11864 downloaded into the agent.
11865
11866 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11867
11868 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11869 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11870 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11871 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11872
11873 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11874
11875 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11876 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11877
11878 \(fn)" t nil)
11879
11880 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11881 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11882
11883 \(fn)" t nil)
11884
11885 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11886 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11887 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11888
11889 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11890
11891 ;;;***
11892 \f
11893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21227 851 585414
11894 ;;;;;; 0))
11895 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11896
11897 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11898 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11899
11900 \(fn)" nil nil)
11901
11902 ;;;***
11903 \f
11904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21187
11905 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
11906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11907
11908 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11909 Set a bookmark for this article.
11910
11911 \(fn)" t nil)
11912
11913 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11914 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11915
11916 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11917
11918 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11919 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11920 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11921 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11922 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11923
11924 \(fn)" t nil)
11925
11926 ;;;***
11927 \f
11928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21187 63826
11929 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11931
11932 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11933 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11934
11935 Usage:
11936 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11937
11938 \(fn)" t nil)
11939
11940 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11941 Generate the cache active file.
11942
11943 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11944
11945 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11946 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11947
11948 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11949
11950 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11951 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11952 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11953 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11954 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11955 supported.
11956
11957 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11958
11959 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11960 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11961 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11962 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11963 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11964 supported.
11965
11966 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11967
11968 ;;;***
11969 \f
11970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21187 63826
11971 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
11972 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11973
11974 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11975 Delay this article by some time.
11976 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11977
11978 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11979 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11980
11981 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11982 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11983
11984 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11985 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11986
11987 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11988
11989 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11990 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11991
11992 \(fn)" t nil)
11993
11994 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11995 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11996 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11997 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11998
11999 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12000 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12001
12002 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12003
12004 ;;;***
12005 \f
12006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21187 63826
12007 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12009
12010 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12011
12012
12013 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12014
12015 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12016
12017
12018 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12019
12020 ;;;***
12021 \f
12022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21187 63826
12023 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12024 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12025
12026 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12027 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12028
12029 \(fn)" t nil)
12030
12031 ;;;***
12032 \f
12033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21187 63826
12034 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12038 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12039
12040 \(fn)" t nil)
12041
12042 ;;;***
12043 \f
12044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21187 63826
12045 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12047
12048 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12049 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12050
12051 \(fn)" t nil)
12052
12053 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12054 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12055
12056 \(fn)" t nil)
12057
12058 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12059 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12060
12061 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12062 different input formats.
12063
12064 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12065
12066 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12067 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12068
12069 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12070 different input formats.
12071
12072 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12073
12074 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12075 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12076 The PNG is returned as a string.
12077
12078 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12079
12080 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12081 Convert FILE to a Face.
12082 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12083 726 bytes.
12084
12085 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12086
12087 ;;;***
12088 \f
12089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21187
12090 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12091 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12092
12093 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12094 Display gravatar in the From header.
12095 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12096
12097 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12098
12099 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12100 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12101 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12102
12103 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12104
12105 ;;;***
12106 \f
12107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21187 63826
12108 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12110
12111 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12112 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12113 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12114 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12115
12116 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12117
12118 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12119 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12120
12121 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12122
12123 ;;;***
12124 \f
12125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21187 63826
12126 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12128
12129 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12130
12131
12132 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12133
12134 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12135
12136
12137 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12138
12139 ;;;***
12140 \f
12141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21187 63826
12142 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12144
12145 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12146
12147 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12148 Run batched scoring.
12149 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12150
12151 \(fn)" t nil)
12152
12153 ;;;***
12154 \f
12155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21187 63826 213216
12156 ;;;;;; 0))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12158
12159 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12160
12161
12162 \(fn)" nil nil)
12163
12164 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12165 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12166 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12167
12168 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12169
12170 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12171 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12172
12173 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12174
12175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12176
12177 ;;;***
12178 \f
12179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21187 63826
12180 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12182
12183 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12184 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12185 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12186 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12187 group parameters.
12188
12189 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12190 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12191 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12192 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12193
12194 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12195 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12196 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12197 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12198 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12199 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12200 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12201 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12202 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12203 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12204
12205 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12206
12207 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12208 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12209 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12210 nil CATCH-ALL).
12211
12212 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12213 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12214
12215 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12216
12217 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12218 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12219 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12220
12221 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12222
12223 \(fn)" nil nil)
12224
12225 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12226 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12227 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12228
12229 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12230
12231 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12232 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12233 existing groups are considered.
12234
12235 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12236 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12237 returned.
12238
12239 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12240 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12241 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12242 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12243 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12244 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12245 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12246 clauses will be generated.
12247
12248 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12249 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12250 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12251 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12252 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12253 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12254
12255 For example, given the following group parameters:
12256
12257 nnml:mail.bar:
12258 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12259 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12260 nnml:mail.foo:
12261 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12262 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12263 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12264 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12265 nnml:mail.others:
12266 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12267
12268 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12269
12270 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12271 \"mail.bar\")
12272 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12273 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12274 \"mail.others\")
12275
12276 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12277
12278 ;;;***
12279 \f
12280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21235 28473
12281 ;;;;;; 29431 0))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12283
12284 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12285 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12286 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12287 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12288 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12289 instead.
12290
12291 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12292
12293 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12294 Mail to ADDRESS.
12295
12296 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12297
12298 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12299 Like `message-reply'.
12300
12301 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12302
12303 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12304
12305 ;;;***
12306 \f
12307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12308 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
12309 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12310
12311 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12312 Send a notification on new message.
12313 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12314 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12315 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12316
12317 This is typically a function to add in
12318 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12319
12320 \(fn)" nil nil)
12321
12322 ;;;***
12323 \f
12324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21187 63826
12325 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12327
12328 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12329 Display picons in the From header.
12330 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12331
12332 \(fn)" t nil)
12333
12334 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12335 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12336 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12337
12338 \(fn)" t nil)
12339
12340 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12341 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12342 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12343
12344 \(fn)" t nil)
12345
12346 ;;;***
12347 \f
12348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21187 63826
12349 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12351
12352 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12353 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12354 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12355 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12356
12357 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12358
12359 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12360 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12361 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12362 LIST1 is modified.
12363
12364 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12365
12366 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12367 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12368 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12369
12370 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12371
12372 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12373
12374
12375 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12376
12377 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12378 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12379 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12380
12381 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12382
12383 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12384 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12385 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12386
12387 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12388
12389 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12390
12391 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12392 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12393 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12394
12395 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12396
12397 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12398 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12399 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12400
12401 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12402
12403 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12404 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12405 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12406
12407 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12408
12409 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12410 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12411
12412 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12413
12414 ;;;***
12415 \f
12416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21187
12417 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
12418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12419
12420 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12421 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12422
12423 \(fn)" t nil)
12424
12425 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12426 Install the registry hooks.
12427
12428 \(fn)" t nil)
12429
12430 ;;;***
12431 \f
12432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21187 63826
12433 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12435
12436 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12437 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12438 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12439 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12440 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12441 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12442
12443 \(fn)" t nil)
12444
12445 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12446 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12447 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12448 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12449 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12450
12451 \(fn)" t nil)
12452
12453 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12454
12455
12456 \(fn)" t nil)
12457
12458 ;;;***
12459 \f
12460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21187 63826
12461 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12462 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12463
12464 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12465 Update the format specification near point.
12466
12467 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12468
12469 ;;;***
12470 \f
12471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21187 63826
12472 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12474
12475 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12476 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12477
12478 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12479
12480 ;;;***
12481 \f
12482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21227 851 585414
12483 ;;;;;; 0))
12484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12485
12486 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12487 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12488 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12489
12490 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12491
12492 ;;;***
12493 \f
12494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21187 63826
12495 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12497
12498 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12499 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12500
12501 \(fn)" t nil)
12502
12503 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12504 Install the sync hooks.
12505
12506 \(fn)" t nil)
12507
12508 ;;;***
12509 \f
12510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21187 63826
12511 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12512 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12513
12514 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12515 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12516
12517 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12518
12519 ;;;***
12520 \f
12521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21187 63826 213216
12522 ;;;;;; 0))
12523 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12524
12525 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12526 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12527 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12528 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12529 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12530 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12531
12532 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12533
12534 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12535
12536 ;;;***
12537 \f
12538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21240 46395 727291
12539 ;;;;;; 0))
12540 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12541
12542 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12543 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12544
12545 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12546 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12547 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12548
12549 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12550 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12551 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12552
12553 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12554 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12555
12556 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12557 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12558
12559 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12560
12561 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12562
12563 ;;;***
12564 \f
12565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21240 46395
12566 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
12567 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12568
12569 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12570
12571 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12572 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12573 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12574 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12575 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12576
12577 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12578
12579 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12580 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12581 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12582 or to send e-mail.
12583 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12584 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12585
12586 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12587 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12588
12589 \(fn)" t nil)
12590 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12591
12592 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12593 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12594 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12595 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12596 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12597
12598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12599
12600 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12601 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12602
12603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12604
12605 ;;;***
12606 \f
12607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21187 63826
12608 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
12609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12610
12611 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12612 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12613 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12614
12615 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12616
12617 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12618 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12619
12620 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12621
12622 ;;;***
12623 \f
12624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21245 64312 799897
12625 ;;;;;; 0))
12626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12627
12628 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12629 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12630
12631 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12632
12633 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12634 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12635 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12636 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12637 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12638
12639 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12640 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12641 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12642
12643 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12644
12645 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12646 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12647 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12648 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12649 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12650
12651 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12652
12653 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12654 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12655
12656 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12657
12658 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12659 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12660
12661 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12662 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12663 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12664
12665 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12666 The default find program.
12667 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12668 and others.")
12669
12670 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12671 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12672 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12673 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12674
12675 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12676 How to invoke find and grep.
12677 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12678 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12679 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12680 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12681
12682 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12683
12684 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12685 History list for grep.")
12686
12687 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12688 History list for grep-find.")
12689
12690 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12691 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12692 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12693
12694 \(fn)" nil nil)
12695
12696 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12697
12698
12699 \(fn)" nil nil)
12700
12701 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12702 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12703
12704 \(fn)" nil nil)
12705
12706 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12707 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12708 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12709 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12710 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12711
12712 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12713 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12714
12715 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12716 can easily repeat a grep command.
12717
12718 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12719 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12720 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12721 list is empty).
12722
12723 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12724
12725 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12726 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12727 Collect output in a buffer.
12728 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12729 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12730
12731 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12732 easily repeat a find command.
12733
12734 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12735
12736 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12737
12738 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12739 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12740 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12741 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12742 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12743
12744 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12745 before it is executed.
12746 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12747
12748 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12749 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12750 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12751
12752 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12753
12754 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12755
12756 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12757 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12758 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12759 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12760 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12761
12762 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12763 before it is executed.
12764 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12765
12766 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12767 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12768 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12769 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12770
12771 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12772
12773 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12774 to specify a command to run.
12775
12776 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12777
12778 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12779 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12780 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12781 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12782
12783 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12784
12785 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12786
12787 ;;;***
12788 \f
12789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
12790 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12791
12792 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12793 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12794 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12795 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12796 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12797
12798 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12799
12800 ;;;***
12801 \f
12802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21240 46395 727291
12803 ;;;;;; 0))
12804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12805
12806 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12807 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12808 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12809 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12810
12811 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12812
12813 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12814 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12815 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12816 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12817
12818 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12819
12820 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12821 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12822 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12823 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12824
12825 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12826
12827 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12828 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12830 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12831
12832 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12833 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12834
12835 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12836
12837 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12838 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12839 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12840 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12841
12842 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12843
12844 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12845 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12846 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12847 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12848
12849 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12850
12851 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12852 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12853 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12854 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12855 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12856
12857 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12858 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12859 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12860 original source file access method.
12861
12862 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12863 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12864
12865 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12866
12867 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12868 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12869
12870 \(fn)" t nil)
12871
12872 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12873 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12874 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12875 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12876 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12877 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12878
12879 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12880
12881 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12882 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12883 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12884 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12885 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12886
12887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12888
12889 ;;;***
12890 \f
12891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21255 45558 780901
12892 ;;;;;; 0))
12893 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12894
12895 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12896 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12897 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12898 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12899 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12900 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12901 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12902 set it to.
12903 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12904
12905 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12906
12907 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12908 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12909 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12910 of PLACE.
12911 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12912 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12913 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12914 and SETTER.
12915 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12916 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12917
12918 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12919
12920 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12921
12922 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12923 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12924 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12925 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12926 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12927
12928 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12929
12930 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12931
12932 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12933
12934
12935 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12936
12937 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12938
12939 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12940
12941 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12942 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12943 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12944 well for simple place forms.
12945 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12946 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12947 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12948 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12949 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12950 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12951 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12952
12953 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12954
12955 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12956
12957 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12958 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12959 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12960 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12961 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12962
12963 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12964 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12965 (let ((temp VAL))
12966 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12967 temp)
12968 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12969
12970 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12971
12972 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12973 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12974 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12975 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12976 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12977 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12978
12979 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12980
12981 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12982
12983 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12984 Return a reference to PLACE.
12985 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12986 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12987 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12988 binding mode.
12989
12990 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12991
12992 ;;;***
12993 \f
12994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21207 49087
12995 ;;;;;; 974317 0))
12996 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12997
12998 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12999 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13000 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13001 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13002
13003 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13004 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13005 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13006 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13007
13008 \(fn)" t nil)
13009
13010 ;;;***
13011 \f
13012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21240 46395 727291
13013 ;;;;;; 0))
13014 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13015
13016 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13017 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13018
13019 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13020
13021 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13022 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13023 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13024 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13025
13026 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13027
13028 \(fn)" t nil)
13029
13030 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13031 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13032 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13033 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13034 to be updated.
13035
13036 \(fn)" t nil)
13037
13038 ;;;***
13039 \f
13040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21187 63826
13041 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
13042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13043
13044 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13045 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13046
13047 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13048
13049 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13050 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13051 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13052
13053 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13054
13055 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13056 Verify a hashcash payment
13057
13058 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13059
13060 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13061 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13062 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13063 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13064 `mail-add-payment-async').
13065
13066 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13067
13068 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13069 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13070 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13071 Calculation is asynchronous.
13072
13073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13074
13075 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13076 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13077 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13078
13079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13080
13081 ;;;***
13082 \f
13083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21231 31415 579137
13084 ;;;;;; 0))
13085 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13086
13087 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13088 Return the help-echo string at point.
13089 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13090 property, or nil, is returned.
13091 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13092 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13093 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13094
13095 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13096
13097 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13098 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13099 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13100 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13101 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13102
13103 \(fn)" nil nil)
13104
13105 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13106 Display local help in the echo area.
13107 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13108 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13109 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13110 printed instead.
13111
13112 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13113 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13114 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13115
13116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13117
13118 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13119 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13120 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13121
13122 \(fn)" t nil)
13123
13124 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13125 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13126 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13127
13128 \(fn)" t nil)
13129
13130 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13131 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13132 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13133 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13134 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13135 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13136 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13137 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13138 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13139 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13140 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13141
13142 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13143 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13144 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13145 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13146 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13147
13148 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13149 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13150 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13151 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13152 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13153 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13154 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13155 The default is `never'.")
13156
13157 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13158
13159 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13160 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13161 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13162 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13163 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13164 considered different regions.
13165
13166 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13167 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13168 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13169 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13170 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13171 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13172 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13173 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13174 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13175
13176 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13177
13178 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13179 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13180 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13181 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13182 different regions.
13183
13184 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13185 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13186 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13187 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13188 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13189 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13190 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13191 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13192
13193 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13194 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13195 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13196 rarely happens in practice.
13197
13198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13199
13200 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13201 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13202 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13203 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13204 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13205 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13206
13207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13208
13209 ;;;***
13210 \f
13211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21240 46395 727291
13212 ;;;;;; 0))
13213 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13214
13215 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13216 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13217
13218 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13219
13220 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13221 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13222 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13223
13224 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13225
13226 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13227 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13228 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13229 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13230 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13231 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13232 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13233 search for a function definition.
13234
13235 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13236 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13237 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13238 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13239 suitable file is found, return nil.
13240
13241 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13242
13243 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13244
13245
13246 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13247
13248 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13249 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13250 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13251 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13252
13253 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13254
13255 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13256 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13257 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13258 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13259 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13260 it is displayed along with the global value.
13261
13262 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13263
13264 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13265 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13266 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13267 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13268
13269 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13270
13271 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13272 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13273 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13274 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13275 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13276
13277 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13278
13279 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13280 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13281
13282 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13283
13284 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13285 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13286
13287 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13288
13289 ;;;***
13290 \f
13291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21240 46395 727291
13292 ;;;;;; 0))
13293 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13294
13295 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13296 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13297 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13298 window listing and describing the options.
13299 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13300 gives the window that lists the options.")
13301
13302 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13303
13304 ;;;***
13305 \f
13306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
13307 ;;;;;; 0))
13308 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13309
13310 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13311 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13312 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13313 Commands:
13314 \\{help-mode-map}
13315
13316 \(fn)" t nil)
13317
13318 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13319
13320
13321 \(fn)" nil nil)
13322
13323 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13324
13325
13326 \(fn)" nil nil)
13327
13328 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13329 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13330
13331 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13332 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13333 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13334 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13335
13336 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13337 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13338 restore it properly when going back.
13339
13340 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13341
13342 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13343 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13344 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13345 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13346 from `help-mode'.
13347 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13348 it does not already exist.
13349
13350 \(fn)" nil nil)
13351
13352 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13353 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13354
13355 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13356 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13357 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13358 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13359 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13360 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13361 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13362 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13363
13364 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13365 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13366 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13367 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13368
13369 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13370 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13371 that.
13372
13373 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13374
13375 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13376 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13377 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13378 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13379 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13380 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13381
13382 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13383
13384 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13385 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13386 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13387 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13388 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13389
13390 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13391
13392 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13393 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13394
13395 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13396
13397 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13398 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13399 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13400 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13401
13402 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13403
13404 ;;;***
13405 \f
13406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21240 46395
13407 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
13408 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13409
13410 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13411 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13412
13413 \(fn)" t nil)
13414
13415 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13416 Provide help for current mode.
13417
13418 \(fn)" t nil)
13419
13420 ;;;***
13421 \f
13422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
13423 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13424
13425 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13426 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13427 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13428 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13429 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13430
13431 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13432 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13433
13434 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13435 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13436 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13437 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13438
13439 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13440 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13441 periods.
13442
13443 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13444 in hexl format.
13445
13446 A sample format:
13447
13448 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13449 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13450 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13451 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13452 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13453 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13454 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13455 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13456 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13457 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13458 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13459 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13460 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13461 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13462 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13463
13464 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13465 cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13466 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13467
13468 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13469 also supported.
13470
13471 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13472
13473 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13474 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13475 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13476
13477 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13478 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13479 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13480
13481 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13482 into the buffer at the current point.
13483
13484 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13485 into the buffer at the current point.
13486
13487 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13488 into the buffer at the current point.
13489
13490 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13491
13492 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13493 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13494
13495 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13496
13497 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13498
13499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13500
13501 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13502 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13503 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13504 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13505
13506 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13507
13508 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13509 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13510 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13511
13512 \(fn)" t nil)
13513
13514 ;;;***
13515 \f
13516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21236 49338 435234
13517 ;;;;;; 0))
13518 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13519
13520 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13521 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13523 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13524 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13525
13526 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13527 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13528 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13529 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13530
13531 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13532 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13533 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13534 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13535
13536 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13537 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13538 which can be called interactively, are:
13539
13540 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13541 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13542
13543 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13544 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13545 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13546 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13547
13548 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13549 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13550
13551 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13552 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13553 available face automatically.
13554
13555 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13556 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13557
13558 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13559 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13560 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13561 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13562 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13563 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13564 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13565 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13566 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13567 function returns t.
13568
13569 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13570 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13571
13572 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13573 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13574 form:
13575 Hi-lock: FOO
13576
13577 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13578 position (number of characters into buffer)
13579 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13580 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13581 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13582
13583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13584
13585 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13586 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13587 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13590 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13591
13592 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13593
13594 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13595 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13596 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13597 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13598 ARG is omitted or nil.
13599
13600 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13601 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13602 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13603
13604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13605
13606 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13607
13608 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13609 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13610 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13611 Use the global history list for FACE.
13612
13613 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13614 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13615 highlighting will not update as you type.
13616
13617 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13618
13619 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13620
13621 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13622 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13623 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13624 Use the global history list for FACE.
13625
13626 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13627 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13628 highlighting will not update as you type.
13629
13630 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13631
13632 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13633
13634 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13635 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13636 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13637 Use the global history list for FACE.
13638
13639 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13640 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13641 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13642
13643 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13644 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13645 highlighting will not update as you type.
13646
13647 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13648
13649 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13650
13651 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13652 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13653 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13654 unless you use a prefix argument.
13655 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13656
13657 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13658 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13659
13660 \(fn)" t nil)
13661
13662 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13663
13664 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13665 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13666 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13667 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13668 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13669 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13670
13671 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13672
13673 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13674 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13675
13676 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13677 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13678 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13679
13680 \(fn)" t nil)
13681
13682 ;;;***
13683 \f
13684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21240 46395
13685 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
13686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13687
13688 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13689 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13690 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13691 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13692 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13693
13694 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13695 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13696 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13697 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13698
13699 `hide-ifdef-env'
13700 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13701 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13702 is used.
13703
13704 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13705 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13706 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13707 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13708 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13709
13710 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13711 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13712 #endif lines when hiding.
13713
13714 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13715 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13716 is activated.
13717
13718 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13719 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13720 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13721
13722 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13723
13724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13725
13726 ;;;***
13727 \f
13728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21187 63826
13729 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
13730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13731
13732 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13733 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13734 Each element has the form
13735 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13736
13737 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13738 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13739
13740 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13741 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13742
13743 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13744 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13745 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13746 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13747 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13748 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13749
13750 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13751 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13752
13753 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13754 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13755
13756 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13757 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13758 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13759
13760 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13761 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13762 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13763 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13764 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13765
13766 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13767 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13768 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13769
13770 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13771 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13772 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13773
13774 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13775 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13776
13777 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13778
13779 Key bindings:
13780 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13781
13782 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13783
13784 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13785 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13786
13787 \(fn)" nil nil)
13788
13789 ;;;***
13790 \f
13791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21187 63826 213216
13792 ;;;;;; 0))
13793 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13794
13795 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13796 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13798 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13799 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13800
13801 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13802 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13803 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13804 this on and off.
13805
13806 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13807 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13808 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13809 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13810 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13811 through various faces.
13812 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13813 buffer with the contents of a file
13814 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13815
13816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13817
13818 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13819 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13820 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13821 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13822 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13823
13824 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13825 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13826 in a distinctive face.
13827
13828 The default value can be customized with variable
13829 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13830
13831 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13832
13833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13834
13835 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13836 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13837 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13838
13839 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13840
13841 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13842 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13843
13844 \(fn)" t nil)
13845
13846 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13847 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13848
13849 \(fn)" t nil)
13850
13851 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13852 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13853
13854 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13855 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13856 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13857 shown in the last face in the list.
13858
13859 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13860 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13861 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13862
13863 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13864
13865 \(fn)" t nil)
13866
13867 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13868 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13869
13870 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13871
13872 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13873 to save the file.
13874
13875 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13876 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13877
13878 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13879 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13880 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13881
13882 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13883
13884 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13885 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13886
13887 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13888 this function is called interactively.
13889
13890 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13891 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13892 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13893
13894 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13895 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13896 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13897
13898 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13899
13900 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13901 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13902 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13903 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13904 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13905 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13906
13907 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13908
13909 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13910 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13911 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13912 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13913 ARG is omitted or nil.
13914
13915 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13916 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13917 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13918
13919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13920
13921 ;;;***
13922 \f
13923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21240 46395 727291
13924 ;;;;;; 0))
13925 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13926 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13927
13928 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13929 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13930 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13931 or insert functions in this list.")
13932
13933 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13934
13935 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13936 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13937 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13938 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13939 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13940 expansions.
13941 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13942 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13943 undoes the expansion.
13944
13945 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13946
13947 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13948 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13949 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13950 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13951
13952 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13953
13954 ;;;***
13955 \f
13956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21240 46395 727291
13957 ;;;;;; 0))
13958 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13959
13960 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13961 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13963 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13964 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13965
13966 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13967 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13968 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13969 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13970 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13971 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13972
13973 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13974 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13975 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13976 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13977
13978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13979
13980 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13981 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13982 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13984 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13985 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13986
13987 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13988
13989 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13990 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13991 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13992 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13993 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13994
13995 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13996 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13997 windows.
13998
13999 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14000 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14001
14002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14003
14004 ;;;***
14005 \f
14006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21187 63826
14007 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
14008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14009
14010 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14011
14012 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14013 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14014 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14015
14016 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14017
14018 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14019
14020 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14021
14022 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14023 Oriental holidays.
14024 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14025
14026 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14027
14028 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14029
14030 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14031
14032 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14033 Local holidays.
14034 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14035
14036 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14037
14038 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14039
14040 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14041
14042 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14043 User defined holidays.
14044 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14045
14046 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14047
14048 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14049
14050 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14051 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14052
14053 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14054
14055 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14056 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14057
14058 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14059
14060 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14061 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14062
14063 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14064
14065 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14066 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14067
14068 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14069
14070 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14071
14072 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14073 Jewish holidays.
14074 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14075
14076 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14077
14078 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14079
14080 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14081
14082 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14083 Christian holidays.
14084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14085
14086 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14087
14088 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14089
14090 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14091
14092 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14093 Islamic holidays.
14094 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14095
14096 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14097
14098 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14099
14100 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14101
14102 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14103 Bahá'í holidays.
14104 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14105
14106 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14107
14108 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14109
14110 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14111
14112 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14113 Sun-related holidays.
14114 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14115
14116 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14117
14118 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14119
14120 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14121
14122 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14123 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14124 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14125 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14126
14127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14128
14129 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14130 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14131 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14132 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14133 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14134
14135 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14136 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14137
14138 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14139 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14140
14141 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14142 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14143 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14144 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14145 of a holiday list.
14146
14147 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14148
14149 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14150
14151 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14152
14153 ;;;***
14154 \f
14155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21187 63826
14156 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
14157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14158
14159 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14160 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14161
14162 \(fn)" t nil)
14163
14164 ;;;***
14165 \f
14166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21220 61111
14167 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
14168 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14169 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14170
14171 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14172 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14173 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14174 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14175 as possible.
14176
14177 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14178 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14179 fontified display.
14180
14181 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14182 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14183
14184 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14185 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14186 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14187
14188 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14189
14190 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14191 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14192 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14193
14194 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14195
14196 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14197
14198 ;;;***
14199 \f
14200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
14201 ;;;;;; 0))
14202 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14203
14204 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14205 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14206
14207 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14208 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14209 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14210
14211 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14212 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14213 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14214 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14215 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14216 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14217
14218 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14219 title of the column.
14220
14221 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14222 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14223 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14224 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14225 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14226
14227 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14228
14229 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14230 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14231 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14232 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14233 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14234
14235 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14236 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14237 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14238
14239 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14240
14241 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14242 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14243 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14244 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14245 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14246 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14247
14248 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14249 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14250 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14251 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14252 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14253 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14254 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14255 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14256 values are:
14257 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14258 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14259 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14260 buffer's modification flag.
14261 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14262 prompted before performing this operation.
14263 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14264 operation is complete, in the form:
14265 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14266 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14267 confirmation message, in the form:
14268 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14269 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14270 macro for exactly what it does.
14271
14272 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14273
14274 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14275 Define a filter named NAME.
14276 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14277 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14278 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14279
14280 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14281 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14282 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14283 bound to the current value of the filter.
14284
14285 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14286
14287 ;;;***
14288 \f
14289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21187 63826 213216
14290 ;;;;;; 0))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14292
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14294 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14295 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14296 buffers which are visiting a file.
14297
14298 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14299
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14301 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14302 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14303 buffers which are visiting a file.
14304
14305 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14306
14307 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14308 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14309 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14310
14311 All arguments are optional.
14312 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14313 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14314 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14315 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14316 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14317 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14318 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14319 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14320 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14321 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14322 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14323 that value locally in this buffer.
14324
14325 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14326
14327 ;;;***
14328 \f
14329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21187
14330 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
14331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14332 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14333
14334 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14335 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14336 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14337 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14338
14339 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14340
14341 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14342 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14343 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14344 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14345 ICAL-FILENAME.
14346 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14347 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14348 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14349
14350 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14351
14352 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14353 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14354 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14355 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14356 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14357 non-marking or not.
14358
14359 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14360
14361 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14362 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14363
14364 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14365 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14366 DIARY-FILE.
14367
14368 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14369 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14370 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14371
14372 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14373 non-marking.
14374
14375 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14376 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14377 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14378
14379 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14380
14381 ;;;***
14382 \f
14383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21265 49588 918402
14384 ;;;;;; 0))
14385 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14386
14387 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14388 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14389 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14391 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14392 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14393
14394 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14395
14396 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14397 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14398 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14399 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14400 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14401
14402 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14403 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14404 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14405 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14406
14407 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14408 For options you can set, `M-x customize-group icomplete'.
14409
14410 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14411 completions:
14412
14413 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14414
14415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14416
14417 ;;;***
14418 \f
14419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21187 63826 213216
14420 ;;;;;; 0))
14421 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14422
14423 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14424 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14425 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14426 Tab indents for Icon code.
14427 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14428 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14429 \\{icon-mode-map}
14430 Variables controlling indentation style:
14431 icon-tab-always-indent
14432 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14433 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14434 icon-auto-newline
14435 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14436 inserted in Icon code.
14437 icon-indent-level
14438 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14439 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14440 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14441 icon-continued-statement-offset
14442 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14443 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14444 icon-continued-brace-offset
14445 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14446 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14447 icon-brace-offset
14448 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14449 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14450 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14451 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14452
14453 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14454 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14455
14456 \(fn)" t nil)
14457
14458 ;;;***
14459 \f
14460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21195
14461 ;;;;;; 23530 495420 0))
14462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14463
14464 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14465 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14466 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14467 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14468
14469 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14470 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14471 separate frames.
14472
14473 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14474 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14475
14476 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14477 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14478 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14479
14480 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14481
14482 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14483
14484 ;;;***
14485 \f
14486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21222 16439
14487 ;;;;;; 978802 0))
14488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14489 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14490
14491 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14492 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14493
14494 The main features of this mode are
14495
14496 1. Indentation and Formatting
14497 --------------------------
14498 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14499 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14500
14501 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14502 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14503 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14504 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14505
14506 Comments are indented as follows:
14507
14508 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14509 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14510 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14511
14512 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14513
14514 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14515 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14516 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14517 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14518 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14519 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14520
14521 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14522 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14523 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14524 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14525
14526 2. Routine Info
14527 ------------
14528 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14529 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14530 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14531 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14532 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14533 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14534 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14535 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14536 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14537 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14538
14539 3. Online IDL Help
14540 ---------------
14541
14542 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14543 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14544 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14545 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14546
14547 4. Completion
14548 ----------
14549 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14550 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14551 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14552 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14553 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14554 upper case.
14555
14556 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14557 --------------------------------
14558 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14559 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14560
14561 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14562 \\fu FUNCTION template
14563 \\c CASE statement template
14564 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14565 \\f FOR loop template
14566 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14567 \\w WHILE loop template
14568 \\i IF statement template
14569 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14570 \\b BEGIN
14571
14572 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14573 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14574
14575 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14576 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14577 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14578 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14579
14580 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14581 -------------------------
14582 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14583 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14584
14585 7. Automatic END completion
14586 ------------------------
14587 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14588 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14589
14590 8. Hooks
14591 -----
14592 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14593 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14594
14595 9. Documentation and Customization
14596 -------------------------------
14597 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14598 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14599 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14600 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14601 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14602
14603 10.Keybindings
14604 -----------
14605 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14606 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14607 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14608
14609 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14610
14611 \(fn)" t nil)
14612
14613 ;;;***
14614 \f
14615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21251 16696 39562 0))
14616 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14617
14618 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14619 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14620 The following values are possible:
14621 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14622 displaying...)
14623 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14624 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14625 - nil: Turn off any ido switching.
14626
14627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14628 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14629
14630 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14631
14632 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14633 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14634 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14635 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14636 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14637 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14638 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14639 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14640 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14641
14642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14643
14644 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14645 Switch to another buffer.
14646 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14647 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14648 in another frame.
14649
14650 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14651 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14652 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14653 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14654 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14655
14656 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14657 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14658
14659 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14660
14661 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14662 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14663 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14664 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14665 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14666 in a separate window.
14667 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14668 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14669 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14670 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14671 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14672 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14673 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14674 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14675 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14676
14677 \(fn)" t nil)
14678
14679 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14680 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14681 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14682 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14683
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14685
14686 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14687 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14688 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14690
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14692
14693 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14694 Kill a buffer.
14695 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14697
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14699
14700 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14701 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14702 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14704
14705 \(fn)" t nil)
14706
14707 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14708 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14709 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14710 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14711
14712 \(fn)" t nil)
14713
14714 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14715 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14716
14717 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14718
14719 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14720 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14721 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14722 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14723 visible in another frame.
14724
14725 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14726 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14727 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14728 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14729 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14730 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14731
14732 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14733 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14734
14735 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14736
14737 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14738 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14739 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14740 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14741 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14742 in a separate window.
14743 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14744 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14745 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14746 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14747 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14748 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14749 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14750 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14751 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14752 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14753 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14754 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14755 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14756 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14757 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14758
14759 \(fn)" t nil)
14760
14761 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14762 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14763 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14764 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14765
14766 \(fn)" t nil)
14767
14768 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14769 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14770 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14771 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14772
14773 \(fn)" t nil)
14774
14775 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14776 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14777 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14778 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14779
14780 \(fn)" t nil)
14781
14782 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14783 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14784 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14785 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14786
14787 \(fn)" t nil)
14788
14789 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14790 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14791 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14792 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14793
14794 \(fn)" t nil)
14795
14796 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14797 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14799 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14800
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14802
14803 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14804 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14805 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14806 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14807
14808 \(fn)" t nil)
14809
14810 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14811 Write current buffer to a file.
14812 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14813 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14814
14815 \(fn)" t nil)
14816
14817 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14818 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14819 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14820 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14821
14822 \(fn)" t nil)
14823
14824 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14825 Call `dired' the ido way.
14826 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14827 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14828
14829 \(fn)" t nil)
14830
14831 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14832 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14833 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14834 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14835 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14836 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14837
14838 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14839
14840 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14841 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14842 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14843 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14844
14845 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14846
14847 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14848 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14849 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14850 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14851
14852 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14853
14854 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14855 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14856 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14857 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14858 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14859 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14860 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14861 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14862 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14863 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14864 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14865 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14866 with point positioned at the end.
14867 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14868 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14869
14870 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14871
14872 ;;;***
14873 \f
14874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
14875 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14876
14877 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14878 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14879 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14880 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14881
14882 \(fn)" t nil)
14883
14884 ;;;***
14885 \f
14886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
14887 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14888
14889 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14890
14891 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14892 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14893 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14894 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14895 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14896 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14897
14898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14899
14900 ;;;***
14901 \f
14902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21261 4487 230861 399000))
14903 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14904
14905 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14906 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14907 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14908 be determined.
14909
14910 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14911
14912 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14913 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14914 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14915 be determined.
14916
14917 \(fn)" nil nil)
14918
14919 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14920 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14921 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14922 be determined.
14923
14924 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14925
14926 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14927 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14928 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14929 be determined.
14930
14931 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14932
14933 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14934 Determine and return image type.
14935 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14936 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14937 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14938 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14939 use its file extension as image type.
14940 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14941
14942 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14943
14944 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14945 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14946 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14947
14948 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14949
14950 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14951 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14952 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14953
14954 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14955 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14956 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14957 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14958 must be available.
14959
14960 \(fn)" nil nil)
14961
14962 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14963 Create an image.
14964 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14965 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14966 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14967 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14968 use its file extension as image type.
14969 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14970 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14971 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14972 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14973
14974 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14975
14976 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14977 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14978 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14979
14980 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14981
14982 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14983 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14984 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14985 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14986 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14987 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14988 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14989 POS may be an integer or marker.
14990 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14991 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14992 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14993 means display it in the right marginal area.
14994
14995 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14996
14997 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14998 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14999 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15000 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15001 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15002 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15003 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15004 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15005 means display it in the right marginal area.
15006 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15007 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15008 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15009 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15010 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15011
15012 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15013
15014 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15015 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15016 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15017 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15018 STRING is a single space.
15019 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15020 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15021 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15022 means display it in the right marginal area.
15023 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15024
15025 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15026
15027 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15028 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15029 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15030 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15031
15032 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15033
15034 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15035 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15036
15037 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15038
15039 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15040 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15041 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15042 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15043 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15044 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15045 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15046 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15047 satisfied.
15048
15049 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15050
15051 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15052
15053 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15054
15055 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15056 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15057
15058 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15059 documentation string.
15060
15061 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15062 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15063 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15064 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15065 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15066 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15067 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15068 define SYMBOL.
15069
15070 Example:
15071
15072 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15073 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15074
15075 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15076
15077 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15078
15079 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15080 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15081 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15082 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15083
15084 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15085 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15086 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15087 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15088
15089 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15090
15091 \(fn)" nil nil)
15092
15093 ;;;***
15094 \f
15095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21194 37048
15096 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
15097 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15098 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15099
15100 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15101 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15102 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15103 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15104 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15105 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15106
15107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15108
15109 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15110 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15111
15112 Convenience command that:
15113
15114 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15115 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15116 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15117
15118 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15119 image files in dired and type
15120 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15121
15122 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15123
15124 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15125 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15126
15127 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15128
15129 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15130 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15131 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15132 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15133 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15134 another one).
15135
15136 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15137 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15138 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15139
15140 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15141 instead of erasing it first.
15142
15143 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15144 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15145 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15146 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15147 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15148 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15149
15150 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15151
15152 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15153 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15154 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15155 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15156 displayed.
15157
15158 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15159
15160 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15161
15162 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15163
15164 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15165 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15166
15167 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15168
15169 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15170 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15171 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15172
15173 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15174
15175 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15176 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15177
15178 \(fn)" t nil)
15179
15180 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15181 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15182 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15183 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15184
15185 \(fn)" t nil)
15186
15187 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15188 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15189
15190 \(fn)" t nil)
15191
15192 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15193 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15194
15195 \(fn)" t nil)
15196
15197 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15198 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15199
15200 \(fn)" t nil)
15201
15202 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15203 Display current image file.
15204 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15205 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15206
15207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15208
15209 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15210 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15211
15212 \(fn)" t nil)
15213
15214 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15215 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15216 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15217 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15218 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15219 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15220 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15221
15222 \(fn)" t nil)
15223
15224 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15225 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15226 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15227 easy-to-use form.
15228
15229 \(fn)" t nil)
15230
15231 ;;;***
15232 \f
15233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
15234 ;;;;;; 0))
15235 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15236
15237 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15238 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15239 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15240 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15241
15242 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15243 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15244 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15245 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15246
15247 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15248
15249 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15250 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15251 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15252 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15253
15254 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15255 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15256 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15257 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15258
15259 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15260
15261 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15262 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15263
15264 \(fn)" nil nil)
15265
15266 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15267 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15268 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15269 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15270
15271 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15272
15273 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15274 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15275 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15276 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15277 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15278 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15279
15280 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15281
15282 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15283 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15284 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15285 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15286 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15287
15288 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15289 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15290 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15291
15292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15293
15294 ;;;***
15295 \f
15296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21187 63826 213216
15297 ;;;;;; 0))
15298 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15299
15300 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15301 Major mode for image files.
15302 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15303 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15304
15305 Key bindings:
15306 \\{image-mode-map}
15307
15308 \(fn)" t nil)
15309
15310 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15311 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15313 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15314 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15315
15316 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15317 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15318 actual image.
15319
15320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15321
15322 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15323 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15324 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15325 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15326 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15327 to display an image file as the actual image.
15328
15329 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15330 to display an image file as text initially.
15331
15332 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15333 on these modes.
15334
15335 \(fn)" t nil)
15336
15337 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15338
15339
15340 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15341
15342 ;;;***
15343 \f
15344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21257 55477 969423 0))
15345 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15346
15347 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15348 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15349
15350 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15351
15352 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15353 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15354 in the buffer.
15355
15356 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15357
15358 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15359 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15360 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15361
15362 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15363
15364 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15365 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15366 Each element of this list should have the form
15367
15368 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15369
15370 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15371 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15372 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15373 matches are put).
15374 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15375 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15376 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15377 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15378 another element.
15379 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15380 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15381 the menu item.
15382 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15383 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15384 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15385 the ARGUMENTS.
15386
15387 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15388 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15389 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15390
15391 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15392 create a buffer index.
15393
15394 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15395 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15396 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15397 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15398 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15399
15400 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15401
15402 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15403 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15404
15405 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15406 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15407 called within a `save-excursion'.
15408
15409 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15410
15411 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15412
15413 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15414 Function for finding the next index position.
15415
15416 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15417 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15418 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15419 file.
15420
15421 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15422 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15423
15424 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15425
15426 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15427 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15428
15429 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15430 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15431 It should return the name for that index item.")
15432
15433 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15434
15435 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15436 Function to compare string with index item.
15437
15438 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15439 non-nil if they match.
15440
15441 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15442 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15443 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15444 arguments match\".")
15445
15446 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15447
15448 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15449 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15450 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15451
15452 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15453 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15454
15455 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15456
15457 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15458
15459 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15460 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15461 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15462 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15463
15464 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15465
15466 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15467 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15468
15469 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15470
15471 \(fn)" t nil)
15472
15473 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15474 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15475 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15476 for more information.
15477
15478 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15479
15480 ;;;***
15481 \f
15482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21187 63826
15483 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15485
15486 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15487 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15488
15489 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15490
15491 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15492
15493
15494 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15495
15496 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15497
15498
15499 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15500
15501 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15502
15503
15504 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15505
15506 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15507 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15508
15509 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15510
15511 ;;;***
15512 \f
15513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21187 63826
15514 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15516
15517 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15518 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15519 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15520 to that buffer.
15521 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15522 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15523 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15524 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15525
15526 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15527
15528 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15529
15530 ;;;***
15531 \f
15532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21263 61769 818166 484000))
15533 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15534
15535 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15536 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15537 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15538 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15539 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15540 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15541 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15542 first in this list.
15543
15544 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15545 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15546 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15547 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15548 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15549
15550 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15551 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15552 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15553
15554 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15555 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15556
15557 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15558 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15559
15560 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15561 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15562 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15563 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15564 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15565 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15566 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15567 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15568 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15569 with the top-level Info directory.
15570
15571 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15572 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15573
15574 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15575 \"*info*<%s>\".
15576
15577 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15578 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15579 in all the directories in that path.
15580
15581 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15582
15583 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15584
15585 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15586 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15587
15588 \(fn)" t nil)
15589
15590 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15591 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15592
15593 \(fn)" t nil)
15594
15595 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15596 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15597 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15598 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15599
15600 \(fn)" nil nil)
15601
15602 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15603 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15604 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15605 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15606
15607 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15608
15609 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15610 Go to the Info directory node.
15611
15612 \(fn)" t nil)
15613
15614 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15615 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15616 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15617 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15618 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15619 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15620
15621 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15622
15623 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15624 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15625 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15626
15627 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15628
15629 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15630 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15631 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15632 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15633 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15634
15635 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15636
15637 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15638 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15639 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15640 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15641 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15642
15643 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15644 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15645
15646 Selecting other nodes:
15647 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15648 Follow a node reference you click on.
15649 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15650 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15651 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15652 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15653 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15654 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15655 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15656 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15657 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15658 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15659 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15660 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15661 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15662 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15663 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15664 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15665 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15666 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15667 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15668 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15669
15670 Moving within a node:
15671 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15672 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15673 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15674 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15675 move up to the parent node.
15676 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15677 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15678 if there is none.
15679 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15680
15681 Advanced commands:
15682 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15683 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15684 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15685 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15686 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15687 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15688 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15689 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15690 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15691 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15692 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15693 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15694 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15695 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15696 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15697 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15698
15699 \(fn)" t nil)
15700 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15701
15702 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15703 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15704 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15705 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15706 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15707 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15708
15709 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15710 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15711
15712 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15713 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15714 KEY is a string.
15715 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15716 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15717 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15718 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15719
15720 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15721
15722 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15723 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15724 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15725
15726 \(fn)" t nil)
15727
15728 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15729 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15730 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15731
15732 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15733
15734 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15735 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15736 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15737 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15738
15739 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15740
15741 ;;;***
15742 \f
15743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21238 4664 559807
15744 ;;;;;; 0))
15745 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15746
15747 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15748 Throw away all cached data.
15749 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15750 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15751 system.
15752
15753 \(fn)" t nil)
15754 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15755
15756 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15757 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15758 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15759 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15760 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15761 one found at point.
15762
15763 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15764
15765 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15766 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15767
15768 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15769 Display the documentation of a file.
15770 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15771 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15772 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15773 The default file name is the one found at point.
15774
15775 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15776
15777 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15778
15779 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15780 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15781
15782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15783
15784 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15785 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15786
15787 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15788
15789 ;;;***
15790 \f
15791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21187 63826 213216
15792 ;;;;;; 0))
15793 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15794 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15795
15796 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15797 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15798 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15799 current info file is the default.
15800
15801 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15802 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15803 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15804 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15805 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15806
15807 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15808 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15809 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15810 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15811 mistake in the reference.
15812
15813 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15814 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15815 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15816
15817 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15818 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15819 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15820 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15821
15822 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15823
15824 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15825 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15826 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15827 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15828 checked.
15829
15830 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15831 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15832 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15833 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15834 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15835 should be harmless.
15836
15837 \(fn)" t nil)
15838
15839 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15840 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15841 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15842 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15843
15844 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15845 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15846 and can take a long time.
15847
15848 \(fn)" t nil)
15849
15850 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15851 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15852 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15853
15854 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15855
15856 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15857 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15858
15859 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15860 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15861 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15862 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15863 all builtins).
15864
15865 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15866 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15867 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15868 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15869 the sources handy.
15870
15871 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15872
15873 ;;;***
15874 \f
15875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21240 46395 727291
15876 ;;;;;; 0))
15877 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15878
15879 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15880 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15881
15882 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15883
15884 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15885 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15886
15887 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15888
15889 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15890 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15891 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15892 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15893
15894 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15895 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15896 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15897
15898 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15899 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15900 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15901 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15902
15903 \(fn)" t nil)
15904
15905 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15906 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15907 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15908
15909 \(fn)" t nil)
15910
15911 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15912 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15913 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15914 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15915 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15916
15917 \(fn)" nil nil)
15918
15919 ;;;***
15920 \f
15921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21187 63826
15922 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
15923 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15924 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15925
15926 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15927 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15928 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15929
15930 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15931
15932 ;;;***
15933 \f
15934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21187
15935 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15936 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15937
15938 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15939 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15940
15941 \(fn)" t nil)
15942
15943 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15944 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15945
15946 \(fn)" t nil)
15947
15948 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15949
15950
15951 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15952
15953 ;;;***
15954 \f
15955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21240 46395 727291
15956 ;;;;;; 0))
15957 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15958 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15959
15960 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15961 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15962 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15963 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15964 accessed via isearchb.
15965
15966 \(fn)" t nil)
15967
15968 ;;;***
15969 \f
15970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21187
15971 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
15972 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15973
15974 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15975 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15976 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15977 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15978 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15979
15980 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15981
15982 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15983 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15984 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15985 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15986 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15987
15988 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15989
15990 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15991 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15992 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15993 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15994 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15995
15996 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15997
15998 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15999 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16000 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16001 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16002 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16003
16004 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16005
16006 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16007 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16008 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16009 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16010 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16011
16012 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16013
16014 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16015 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16016 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16017 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16018 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16019
16020 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16021
16022 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16023 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16024 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16025 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16026 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16027
16028 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16029
16030 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16031 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16032 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16033 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16034
16035 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16036
16037 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16038 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16039 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16040 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16041
16042 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16043
16044 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16045 Warn that format is read-only.
16046
16047 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16048
16049 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16050 Warn that format is write-only.
16051
16052 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16053
16054 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16055 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16056
16057 \(fn)" t nil)
16058
16059 ;;;***
16060 \f
16061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16062 ;;;;;; (21240 46395 727291 0))
16063 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16064 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16065 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16066
16067 ;;;***
16068 \f
16069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21227 34360
16070 ;;;;;; 69622 0))
16071 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16072
16073 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16074
16075 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16076 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16077 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16078 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16079 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16080
16081 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16082
16083 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16084
16085 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16086 Key map for ispell menu.")
16087
16088 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16089 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16090 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16091 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16092
16093 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16094
16095 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16096
16097 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16098
16099 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16100
16101 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16102 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16103 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16104 Valid forms include:
16105 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16106 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16107 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16108 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16109
16110 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16111 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16112 First list is used raw.
16113 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16114
16115 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16116 for skipping in latex mode.")
16117
16118 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16119 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16120 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16121 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16122 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16123 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16124 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16125
16126 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16127 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16128 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16129 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16130
16131 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16132 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16133 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16134 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16135 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16136
16137 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16138 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16139
16140 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16141 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16142
16143 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16144 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16145
16146 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16147 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16148
16149 Return values:
16150 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16151 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16152 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16153 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16154 quit spell session exited.
16155
16156 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16157
16158 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16159 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16160 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16161
16162 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16163
16164 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16165 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16166
16167 Selections are:
16168
16169 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16170 SPC: Accept word this time.
16171 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16172 `a': Accept word for this session.
16173 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16174 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16175 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16176 `?': Show these commands.
16177 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16178 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16179 the aborted check to be completed later.
16180 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16181 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16182 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16183 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16184 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16185 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16186 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16187
16188 \(fn)" nil nil)
16189
16190 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16191 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16192 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16193 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16194
16195 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16196
16197 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16198 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16199 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16200 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16201
16202 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16203
16204 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16205
16206 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16207 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16208 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16209 amount for last line processed.
16210
16211 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16212
16213 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16214 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16215
16216 \(fn)" t nil)
16217
16218 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16219 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16220
16221 \(fn)" t nil)
16222
16223 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16224 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16225 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16226
16227 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16228
16229 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16230 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16231
16232 \(fn)" t nil)
16233
16234 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16235 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16236 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16237 sequence inside of a word.
16238
16239 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16240
16241 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16242
16243 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16244 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16245
16246 \(fn)" t nil)
16247
16248 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16249 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16250 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16251 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16252
16253 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16254 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16255 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16256 available on the net.
16257
16258 \(fn)" t nil)
16259
16260 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16261 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16262 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16263 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16264 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16265
16266 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16267 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16268 spelled.
16269
16270 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16271 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16272 SPC.
16273
16274 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16275 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16276
16277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16280 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16281 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16282 Don't check included messages.
16283
16284 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16285 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16286 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16287
16288 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16289 in your init file:
16290 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16291 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16292 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16293 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16294
16295 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16296 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16297 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16298
16299 \(fn)" t nil)
16300
16301 ;;;***
16302 \f
16303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21187
16304 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16305 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16306
16307 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16308
16309
16310 \(fn)" nil nil)
16311
16312 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16313 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16314 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16315 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16316 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16317 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16318 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16319 necessary to represent OBJ.
16320
16321 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16322
16323 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16324 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16325 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16326 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16327
16328 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16329
16330 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16331 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16332 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16333 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16334 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16335
16336 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16337
16338 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16339 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16340 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16341 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16342
16343 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16344
16345 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16346 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16347 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16348 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16349
16350 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16351
16352 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16353 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16354
16355 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16356
16357 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16358 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16359 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16360 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16361 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16362
16363 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16364
16365 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16366 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16367 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16368 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16369 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16370
16371 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16372
16373 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16374 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16375 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16376
16377 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16378
16379 ;;;***
16380 \f
16381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21240 46395 727291
16382 ;;;;;; 0))
16383 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16384
16385 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16386 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16387 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16388 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16389
16390 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16391
16392
16393 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16394
16395 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16396 Uninstall jka-compr.
16397 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16398 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16399 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16400
16401 \(fn)" nil nil)
16402
16403 ;;;***
16404 \f
16405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21243 22582 782931
16406 ;;;;;; 0))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16408 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16409
16410 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16411 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16412
16413 \(fn)" t nil)
16414 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16415
16416 ;;;***
16417 \f
16418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16419 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16420 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16421
16422 ;;;***
16423 \f
16424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21187 63826
16425 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16426 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16427
16428 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16429 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16430 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16431 decimal key must be specified.")
16432
16433 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16434
16435 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16436 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16437 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16438 decimal key must be specified.")
16439
16440 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16441
16442 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16443 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16444 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16445 decimal key must be specified.")
16446
16447 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16448
16449 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16450 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16451 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16452 decimal key must be specified.")
16453
16454 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16455
16456 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16457 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16458 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16459 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16460 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16461 keys are bound.
16462
16463 Setup Binding
16464 -------------------------------------------------------------
16465 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16466 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16467 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16468 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16469 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16470 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16471 in the global and local keymaps.
16472
16473 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16474 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16475
16476 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16477
16478 ;;;***
16479 \f
16480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21187
16481 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16482 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16483
16484 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16485 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16486 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16487
16488 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16489 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16490 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16491 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16492 shorter.
16493
16494 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16495 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16496 the context of text formatting.
16497
16498 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16499
16500 ;;;***
16501 \f
16502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21187 63826 213216
16503 ;;;;;; 0))
16504 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16505
16506 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16507 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16508 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16509 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16510 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16511 positions that contains the current selection.")
16512
16513 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16514 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16515 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16516 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16517 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16518 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16519 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16520
16521 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16522
16523 ;;;***
16524 \f
16525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21244 11875 194797 0))
16526 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16527 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16528 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16529 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16530 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16531 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16532 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16533 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16534
16535 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16536 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16537 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16538
16539 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16540
16541 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16542 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16543 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16544 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16545 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16546
16547 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16548
16549 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16550 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16551 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16552
16553 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16554 defining the macro.
16555
16556 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16557 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16558 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16559
16560 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16561 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16562
16563 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16564
16565 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16566 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16567 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16568 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16569 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16570 under that name.
16571
16572 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16573 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16574 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16575
16576 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16577
16578 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16579 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16580 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16581 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16582
16583 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16584 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16585 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16586 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16587
16588 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16589 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16590
16591 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16592
16593 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16594 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16595 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16596
16597 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16598 macro.
16599
16600 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16601 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16602
16603 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16604 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16605 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16606
16607 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16608 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16609
16610 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16611
16612 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16613 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16614 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16615 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16616
16617 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16618
16619 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16620 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16621 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16622 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16623
16624 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16625 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16626
16627 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16628
16629 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16630 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16631 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16632
16633 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16634
16635 ;;;***
16636 \f
16637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21187
16638 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16639 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16640
16641 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16642 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16643 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16644
16645 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16646
16647
16648 \(fn)" nil nil)
16649
16650 ;;;***
16651 \f
16652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21187 63826
16653 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16654 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16655
16656 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16657
16658 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16659 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16660
16661 \(fn)" t nil)
16662
16663 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16664 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16665 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16666 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16667
16668 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16669 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16670 none / 1 | yes | no
16671 2 | yes | yes
16672 3 | no | yes
16673 4 | no | no
16674
16675 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16676 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16677 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16678
16679 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16680
16681 ;;;***
16682 \f
16683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21187 63826
16684 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
16685 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16686
16687 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16688
16689
16690 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16691
16692 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16693 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16694 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16695 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16696 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16697 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16698
16699 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16700 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16701
16702 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16703
16704 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16705 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16706
16707 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16708
16709 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16710
16711
16712 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16713
16714 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16715
16716
16717 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16718
16719 ;;;***
16720 \f
16721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21187
16722 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16723 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16724
16725 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16726 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16727 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16728 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16729
16730 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16731
16732 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16733 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16734 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16735
16736 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16737
16738 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16739 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16740 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16741
16742 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16743
16744 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16745 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16746 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16747 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16748
16749 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16750
16751 ;;;***
16752 \f
16753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16754 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
16755 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16756
16757 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16758 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16759 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16760 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16761 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16762 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16763 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16764 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16765
16766 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16767 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16768
16769 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16770 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16771
16772 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16773
16774 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16775 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16776 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16777 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16778 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16779 `latin1-display-setup'.
16780
16781 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16782
16783 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16784 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16785 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16786 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16787
16788 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16789 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16790
16791 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16792
16793 ;;;***
16794 \f
16795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21187
16796 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
16797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16798
16799 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16800 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16801
16802 \(fn)" t nil)
16803
16804 ;;;***
16805 \f
16806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16807 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16808
16809 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16810 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16811 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16812 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16813 generations (this defaults to 1).
16814
16815 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16816
16817 ;;;***
16818 \f
16819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16820 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16821 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16822
16823 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16824 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16826 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16827 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16828
16829 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16830
16831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16832
16833 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16834 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16835 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16836 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16837 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16838 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16839
16840 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16841
16842 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16843 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16844 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16845 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16846 ARG is omitted or nil.
16847
16848 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16849 `linum-on' would do it.
16850 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16851
16852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16853
16854 ;;;***
16855 \f
16856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21240 46395 727291
16857 ;;;;;; 0))
16858 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16859
16860 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16861 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16862 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16863 is nil, raise an error.
16864
16865 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16866 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16867 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16868 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16869 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16870 defined by the library.
16871
16872 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16873 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16874 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16875 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16876 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16877 proceeds.
16878
16879 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16880 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16881 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16882 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16883
16884 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16885
16886 ;;;***
16887 \f
16888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16889 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16890
16891 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16892 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16893 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16894
16895 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16896
16897 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16898 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16899 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16900 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16901
16902 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16903 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16904 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16905 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16906 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16907 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16908 the version.)
16909
16910 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16911 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16912
16913 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16914 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16915
16916 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16917 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16918
16919 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16920
16921 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16922 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16923 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16924 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16925 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16926 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16927 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16928 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16929 to constrain a big search.
16930
16931 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16932
16933 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16934 except that FILTER is not optional.
16935
16936 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16937
16938 ;;;***
16939 \f
16940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21239 25528 651427
16941 ;;;;;; 0))
16942 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16943
16944 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16945 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16946 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16947 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16948 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16949 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16950 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16951 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16952 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16953 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16954
16955 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16956 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16957 associated values:
16958 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16959 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16960 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16961 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16962 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16963
16964 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16965 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16966 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16967
16968 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16969
16970 ;;;***
16971 \f
16972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21195 57908 940910
16973 ;;;;;; 0))
16974 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16975
16976 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16977 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16978
16979 \(fn)" t nil)
16980
16981 ;;;***
16982 \f
16983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16984 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16985
16986 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16987 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16988
16989 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16990 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16991
16992 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16993 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16994 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16995
16996 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16997 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16998
16999 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17000 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17001 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17002 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17003 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17004 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17005 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17006
17007 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17008
17009 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17010 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17011 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17012 switch on this list.
17013 See `lpr-command'.")
17014
17015 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17016
17017 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17018 Name of program for printing a file.
17019
17020 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17021 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17022 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17023 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17024 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17025 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17026 argument.")
17027
17028 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17029
17030 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17031 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17032 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17033 for customization of the printer command.
17034
17035 \(fn)" t nil)
17036
17037 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17038 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17039
17040 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17041 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17042 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17043 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17044
17045 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17046 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17047
17048 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17049 for further customization of the printer command.
17050
17051 \(fn)" t nil)
17052
17053 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17054 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17055 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17056 for customization of the printer command.
17057
17058 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17059
17060 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17061 Paginate and print the region contents.
17062
17063 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17064 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17065 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17066 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17067
17068 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17069 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17070
17071 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17072 for further customization of the printer command.
17073
17074 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17075
17076 ;;;***
17077 \f
17078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21240 46395 727291
17079 ;;;;;; 0))
17080 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17081
17082 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17083 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17084 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17085
17086 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17087
17088 ;;;***
17089 \f
17090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21187 63826 213216
17091 ;;;;;; 0))
17092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17093
17094 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17095 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17096 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17097 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17098
17099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17100
17101 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17102
17103 ;;;***
17104 \f
17105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21187 63826
17106 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17108
17109 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17110 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17111
17112 \(fn)" t nil)
17113
17114 ;;;***
17115 \f
17116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17117 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17118
17119 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17120 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17121 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17122 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17123 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17124
17125 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17126
17127 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17128 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17129 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17130 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17131 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17132
17133 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17134 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17135 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17136 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17137 bindings.
17138
17139 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17140 use this command, and then save the file.
17141
17142 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17143
17144 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17145 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17146 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17147 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17148 each time the macro executes.
17149 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17150 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17151 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17152 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17153 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17154 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17155 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17156
17157 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17158
17159 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17160 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17161 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17162 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17163
17164 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17165 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17166 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17167 execute.
17168
17169 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17170 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17171
17172 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17173 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17174 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17175 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17176 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17177
17178 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17179 looked like this:
17180
17181 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17182 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17183 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17184
17185 You could enter the names in this format:
17186
17187 foo
17188 bar
17189 baz
17190
17191 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17192
17193 \\C-x (
17194 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17195 \\C-x )
17196
17197 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17198 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17199
17200 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17201 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17202
17203 ;;;***
17204 \f
17205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21240 46395
17206 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17207 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17208
17209 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17210 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17211 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17212 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17213 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17214 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17215
17216 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17217 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17218 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17219 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17220 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17221
17222 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17223 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17224 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17225 consing a string.)
17226
17227 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17228
17229 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17230 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17231
17232 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17233
17234 ;;;***
17235 \f
17236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21187 63826
17237 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17238 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17239
17240 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17241 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17242
17243 \(fn)" nil nil)
17244
17245 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17246
17247
17248 \(fn)" nil nil)
17249
17250 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17251 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17252
17253 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17254
17255 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17256 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17257 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17258 message.
17259
17260 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17261
17262 \(fn)" nil nil)
17263
17264 ;;;***
17265 \f
17266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21240 46395
17267 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17268 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17269
17270 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17271 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17272 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17273 often correct parser.")
17274
17275 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17276
17277 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17278 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17279 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17280 a value which excludes your own email address.
17281
17282 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17283 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17284
17285 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17286
17287 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17288 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17289
17290 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17291
17292 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17293 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17294 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17295 we return it unconverted.
17296
17297 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17298 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17299
17300 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17301
17302 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17303 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17304 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17305 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17306
17307 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17308
17309 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17310 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17311 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17312 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17313
17314 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17315
17316 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17317 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17318 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17319 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17320 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17321 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17322 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17323 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17324 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17325 as Rmail does.
17326
17327 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17328
17329 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17330 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17331 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17332 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17333 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17334 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17335 matches may be returned from the message body.
17336
17337 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17338
17339 ;;;***
17340 \f
17341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21240 46395
17342 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17344
17345 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17346 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17347 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17348 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17349 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17350 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17351
17352 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17353
17354 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17355 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17356 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17357 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17358 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17359
17360 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17361 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17362 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17363 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17364
17365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17366
17367 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17368 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17369
17370 \(fn)" nil nil)
17371
17372 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17373 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17374 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17375
17376 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17377
17378 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17379 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17380 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17381
17382 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17383 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17384 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17385 double-quotes.
17386
17387 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17388
17389 ;;;***
17390 \f
17391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21240 46395
17392 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
17393 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17394
17395 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17396 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17397 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17398 king@grassland.com
17399 If `parens', they look like:
17400 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17401 If `angles', they look like:
17402 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17403
17404 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17405
17406 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17407 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17408 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17409 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17410 their `Resent-' variants.
17411
17412 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17413 removed from alias expansions.
17414
17415 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17416
17417 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17418 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17419 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17420
17421 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17422 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17423 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17424 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17425
17426 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17427
17428 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17429 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17430 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17431
17432 \(fn)" nil nil)
17433
17434 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17435 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17436 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17437 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17438
17439 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17440
17441 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17442
17443 ;;;***
17444 \f
17445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21215 8898
17446 ;;;;;; 840126 623000))
17447 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17448
17449 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17450 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17451 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17452 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17453
17454 \(fn)" nil nil)
17455
17456 ;;;***
17457 \f
17458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21240
17459 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
17460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17461
17462 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17463 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17464
17465 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17466 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17467 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17468 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17469 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17470 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17471
17472 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17473 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17474 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17475 dependency, despite the colon.
17476
17477 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17478
17479 In the browser, use the following keys:
17480
17481 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17482
17483 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17484
17485 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17486 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17487
17488 `makefile-target-colon':
17489 The string that gets appended to all target names
17490 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17491 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17492
17493 `makefile-macro-assign':
17494 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17495 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17496 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17497 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17498 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17499 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17500
17501 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17502 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17503 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17504
17505 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17506 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17507
17508 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17509 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17510 up or down in the browser.
17511
17512 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17513 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17514
17515 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17516 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17517
17518 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17519 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17520 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17521 has been selected in the browser.
17522
17523 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17524 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17525 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17526 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17527 filenames are omitted.
17528
17529 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17530 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17531 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17532 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17533 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17534 the backslash itself intact.
17535 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17536 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17537
17538 `makefile-browser-hook':
17539 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17540 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17541
17542 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17543 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17544 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17545 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17546
17547 \(fn)" t nil)
17548
17549 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17550 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17551
17552 \(fn)" t nil)
17553
17554 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17555 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17556
17557 \(fn)" t nil)
17558
17559 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17560 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17561
17562 \(fn)" t nil)
17563
17564 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17565 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17566
17567 \(fn)" t nil)
17568
17569 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17570 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17571
17572 \(fn)" t nil)
17573
17574 ;;;***
17575 \f
17576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21240 46395 727291
17577 ;;;;;; 0))
17578 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17579
17580 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17581 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17582 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17583
17584 \(fn)" t nil)
17585
17586 ;;;***
17587 \f
17588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17589 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17590
17591 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17592
17593 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17594 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17595 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17596 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17597 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17598 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17599 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17600 page, it will display immediately.
17601
17602 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17603 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17604 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17605
17606 cat(1)
17607 1 cat
17608
17609 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17610 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17611 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17612 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17613
17614 -a chmod
17615
17616 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17617 otherwise look like a page name.
17618
17619 /my/file/name.1.gz
17620 -l somefile.1
17621
17622 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17623 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17624 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17625
17626 -k pattern
17627
17628 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17629
17630 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17631 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17632
17633 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17634
17635 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17636 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17637
17638 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17639
17640 ;;;***
17641 \f
17642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17643 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17644 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17645
17646 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17647 Toggle Master mode.
17648 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17649 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17650 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17651
17652 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17653 using the following commands:
17654
17655 \\{master-mode-map}
17656
17657 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17658 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17659 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17660
17661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17662
17663 ;;;***
17664 \f
17665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21187 63826 213216
17666 ;;;;;; 0))
17667 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17668
17669 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17670 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17671 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17672 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17673 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17674 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17675
17676 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17677
17678 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17679 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17680 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17681 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17682 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17683
17684 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17685 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17686 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17687 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17688
17689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17690
17691 ;;;***
17692 \f
17693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17694 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17695 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17696
17697 ;;;***
17698 \f
17699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21239 25528 651427
17700 ;;;;;; 0))
17701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17702
17703 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17704
17705 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17706 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17707 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17708 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17709 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17710 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17711 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17712 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17713 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17714 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17715 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17716 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17717 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17718 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17719 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17720 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17721 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17722 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17723 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17724 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17725 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17726 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17727 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17728 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17729 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17730 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17731 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17732 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17733 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17734 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17735 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17736 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17737 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17738 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17739 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17740 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17741 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17742 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17743
17744 \(fn)" t nil)
17745
17746 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17747 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17748 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17749 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17750 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17751
17752 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17753
17754 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17755 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17756
17757 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17758
17759 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17760 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17761
17762 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17763
17764 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17765 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17766
17767 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17768
17769 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17770 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17771 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17772
17773 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17774
17775 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17776 Cancel an article you posted.
17777 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17778
17779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17780
17781 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17782 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17783 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17784 header line with the old Message-ID.
17785
17786 \(fn)" t nil)
17787
17788 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17789 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17790
17791 \(fn)" t nil)
17792
17793 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17794 Forward the current message via mail.
17795 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17796 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17797
17798 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17799
17800 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17801
17802
17803 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17804
17805 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17806
17807
17808 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17809
17810 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17811 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17812
17813 \(fn)" t nil)
17814
17815 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17816 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17817
17818 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17819
17820 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17821 Re-mail the current message.
17822 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17823 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17824 you.
17825
17826 \(fn)" t nil)
17827
17828 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17829 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17830
17831 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17832
17833 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17834 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17835
17836 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17837
17838 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17839 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17840
17841 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17842
17843 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17844 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17845
17846 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17847
17848 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17849 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17850 Works by overstriking characters.
17851 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17852 which specify the range to operate on.
17853
17854 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17855
17856 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17857 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17858 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17859 which specify the range to operate on.
17860
17861 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17862
17863 ;;;***
17864 \f
17865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21187
17866 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
17867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17868 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17869
17870 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17871 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17872
17873 \(fn)" t nil)
17874
17875 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17876 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17877
17878 \(fn)" t nil)
17879
17880 ;;;***
17881 \f
17882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21187 63826
17883 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
17884 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17885
17886 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17887 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17888 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17889
17890 \(fn)" t nil)
17891
17892 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17893 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17894 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17895 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17896 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17897 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17898 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17899
17900 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17901
17902 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17903 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17904 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17905 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17906 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17907 means current).
17908 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17909 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17910
17911 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17912
17913 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17914 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17915 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17916 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17917 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17918 means current).
17919 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17920 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17921
17922 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17923
17924 ;;;***
17925 \f
17926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21187 63826 213216
17927 ;;;;;; 0))
17928 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17929
17930 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17931 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17932 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17933
17934 \(fn)" t nil)
17935
17936 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17937 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17938 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17939
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17941
17942 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17943 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17944
17945 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17946 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17947 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17948
17949 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17950 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17951
17952 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17953 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17954
17955 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17956
17957 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17958
17959 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17960 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17961 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17962 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17963 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17964 as `compose-mail'.
17965
17966 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17967 initial Subject field, respectively.
17968
17969 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17970 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17971 are strings.
17972
17973 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17974 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17975
17976 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17977
17978 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17979 Save draft and send message.
17980
17981 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17982 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17983 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17984 Mail Delivery*\".
17985
17986 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17987 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17988 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17989
17990 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17991 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17992 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17993 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17994 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17995 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17996
17997 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17998 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17999
18000 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18001 message and scan line.
18002
18003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18004
18005 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18006 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18007
18008 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18009 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18010 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18011 delete the draft message.
18012
18013 \(fn)" t nil)
18014
18015 ;;;***
18016 \f
18017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18018 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18019 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5)) package--builtin-versions)
18020
18021 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18022
18023 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18024
18025 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18026
18027 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18028 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18029
18030 \(fn)" t nil)
18031
18032 ;;;***
18033 \f
18034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21187 63826
18035 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18036 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18037
18038 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18039 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18040 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18041
18042 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18043 the MH mail system.
18044
18045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18046
18047 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18048 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18049 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18050
18051 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18052 the MH mail system.
18053
18054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18055
18056 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18057 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18058
18059 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18060 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18061 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18062 separate command.
18063
18064 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18065 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18066 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18067 format.
18068
18069 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18070
18071 Ranges
18072 ======
18073 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18074 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18075 can be used in several ways.
18076
18077 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18078 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18079 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18080 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18081 page):
18082
18083 <num1>-<num2>
18084 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18085 The range must be nonempty.
18086
18087 <num>:N
18088 <num>:+N
18089 <num>:-N
18090 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18091 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18092 last.
18093
18094 first:N
18095 prev:N
18096 next:N
18097 last:N
18098 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18099
18100 all
18101 All of the messages.
18102
18103 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18104 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18105
18106 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18107 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18108 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18109
18110 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18111
18112 \(fn)" t nil)
18113
18114 ;;;***
18115 \f
18116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21187 63826 213216
18117 ;;;;;; 0))
18118 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18119
18120 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18121 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18122 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18123 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18124 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18125 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18126 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18127 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18128 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18129 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18130 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18131
18132 \(fn)" t nil)
18133
18134 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18135 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18136 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18137 to its second argument TM.
18138
18139 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18140
18141 ;;;***
18142 \f
18143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21187 63826
18144 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18145 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18146
18147 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18148 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18149 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18152 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18153
18154 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18155
18156 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18157 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18159 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18160 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18161
18162 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18163 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18164 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18165 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18166 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18167 is modified to remove the default indication.
18168
18169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18170
18171 ;;;***
18172 \f
18173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18175
18176 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18177 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18178 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18179 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18180 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18181 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18182 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18183 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18184 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18185
18186 \(fn)" t nil)
18187
18188 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18189 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18190 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18191 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18192 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18193 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18194 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18195 The return value is always nil.
18196
18197 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18198
18199 ;;;***
18200 \f
18201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21245 64312 799897
18202 ;;;;;; 0))
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18204 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18205
18206 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18207 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18208
18209 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18210 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18211 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18212 next occurrence.
18213
18214 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18215 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18216 end of the search space).
18217
18218 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18219 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18220 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18221 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18222 should return the previous buffer to search.
18223
18224 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18225 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18226 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18227
18228 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18229 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18230 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18231 Isearch starts.")
18232
18233 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18234 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18235 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18236
18237 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18238 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18239 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18240
18241 \(fn)" nil nil)
18242
18243 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18244 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18245 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18246 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18247 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18248 whose names match the specified regexp.
18249
18250 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18251
18252 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18253 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18254 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18255 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18256 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18257 whose names match the specified regexp.
18258
18259 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18260
18261 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18262 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18263 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18264 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18265 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18266 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18267 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18268
18269 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18270
18271 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18272 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18273 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18274 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18275 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18276 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18277 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18278
18279 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18280
18281 ;;;***
18282 \f
18283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21187
18284 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18285 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18286 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18287
18288 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18289 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18290
18291 \(fn)" t nil)
18292
18293 ;;;***
18294 \f
18295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21187 63826
18296 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18298
18299 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18300 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18301
18302 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18303
18304 ;;;***
18305 \f
18306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21187 63826
18307 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18309
18310 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18311 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18312
18313 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18314
18315 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18316 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18317 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18318 the entire message.
18319 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18320
18321 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18322
18323 ;;;***
18324 \f
18325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21187 63826
18326 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18328
18329 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18330 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18331 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18332 the entire message.
18333 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18334
18335 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18336
18337 ;;;***
18338 \f
18339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21187 63826 213216
18340 ;;;;;; 0))
18341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18342
18343 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18344 Insert file contents of URL.
18345 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18346
18347 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18348
18349 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18350 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18351
18352 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18353
18354 ;;;***
18355 \f
18356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21187 63826 213216
18357 ;;;;;; 0))
18358 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18359
18360 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18361 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18362 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18363 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18364 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18365
18366 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18367
18368 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18369 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18370 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18371
18372 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18373
18374 ;;;***
18375 \f
18376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18377 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18378
18379 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18380 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18381
18382 \(fn)" nil nil)
18383
18384 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18385 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18386 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18387 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18388 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18389
18390 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18391 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18392 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18393 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18394 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18395 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18396
18397 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18398
18399 ;;;***
18400 \f
18401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21187 63826 213216
18402 ;;;;;; 0))
18403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18404
18405 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18406
18407
18408 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18409
18410 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18411
18412
18413 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18414
18415 ;;;***
18416 \f
18417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21187 63826 213216
18418 ;;;;;; 0))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18420
18421 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18422
18423
18424 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18425
18426 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18427
18428
18429 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18430
18431 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18432
18433
18434 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18435
18436 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18437
18438
18439 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18440
18441 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18442
18443
18444 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18445
18446 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18447
18448
18449 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18450
18451 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18452
18453
18454 \(fn)" nil nil)
18455
18456 ;;;***
18457 \f
18458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21187 63826
18459 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18460 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18461
18462 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18463
18464 ;;;***
18465 \f
18466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21240 46395
18467 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
18468 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18469
18470 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18471
18472 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18473 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18474 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18475 followed by the first character of the construct.
18476 \\<m2-mode-map>
18477 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18478 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18479 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18480 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18481 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18482 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18483 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18484 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18485 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18486 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18487 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18488 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18489 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18490 \\[m2-link] link
18491
18492 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18493 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18494 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18495
18496 \(fn)" t nil)
18497
18498 ;;;***
18499 \f
18500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21187 63826 213216
18501 ;;;;;; 0))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18503
18504 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18505 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18506
18507 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18508
18509 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18510 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18511
18512 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18513
18514 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18515 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18516
18517 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18518
18519 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18520 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18521
18522 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18523
18524 ;;;***
18525 \f
18526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21202 31159 541460
18527 ;;;;;; 0))
18528 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18529
18530 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18531 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18532
18533 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18534 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18535 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18536
18537 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18538 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18539 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18540
18541 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18542 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18543
18544 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18545 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18546 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18547 hemisphere you're in.)
18548
18549 To test this function, evaluate:
18550 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18551
18552 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18553
18554 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18555 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18556
18557 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18558 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18559
18560 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18561 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18562 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18563
18564 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18565 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18566
18567 To test this function, evaluate:
18568 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18569
18570 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18571
18572 ;;;***
18573 \f
18574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18575 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18576
18577 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18578 Main entry point for MPC.
18579
18580 \(fn)" t nil)
18581
18582 ;;;***
18583 \f
18584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18585 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18586
18587 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18588 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18589
18590 \(fn)" t nil)
18591
18592 ;;;***
18593 \f
18594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18595 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18596
18597 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18598 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18599 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18600 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18601 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18602 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18603
18604 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18605
18606 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18607 Toggle Msb mode.
18608 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18609 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18610 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18611
18612 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18613 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18614
18615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18616
18617 ;;;***
18618 \f
18619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21187
18620 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18621 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18622
18623 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18624 Display a list of all character sets.
18625
18626 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18627 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18628 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18629 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18630 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18631
18632 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18633 but still shows the full information.
18634
18635 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18636
18637 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18638 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18639 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18640
18641 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18642 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18643 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18644 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18645 meanings of these arguments.
18646
18647 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18648
18649 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18650 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18651
18652 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18653
18654 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18655 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18656
18657 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18658
18659 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18660 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18661
18662 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18663
18664 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18665 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18666
18667 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18668 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18669 in place of `..':
18670 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18671 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18672 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18673 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18674 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18675 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18676 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18677 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18678 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18679 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18680 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18681 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18682 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18683 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18684 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18685 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18686
18687 \(fn)" t nil)
18688
18689 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18690 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18691
18692 \(fn)" t nil)
18693
18694 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18695 Display a list of all coding systems.
18696 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18697
18698 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18699 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18700
18701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display a list of all coding categories.
18705
18706 \(fn)" nil nil)
18707
18708 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18709 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18710 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18711
18712 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18713
18714 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18715 Display information about FONTSET.
18716 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18717
18718 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18719
18720 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18721 Display a list of all fontsets.
18722 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18723 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18724 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18725
18726 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display information about all input methods.
18730
18731 \(fn)" t nil)
18732
18733 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18734 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18735
18736 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18737 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18738 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18739 system which uses fontsets).
18740
18741 \(fn)" t nil)
18742
18743 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18744 Show log of font listing and opening.
18745 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18746 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18747
18748 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18749
18750 ;;;***
18751 \f
18752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21187
18753 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18754 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18755
18756 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18757 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18758
18759 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18760 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18761
18762 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18763 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18764
18765 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18766
18767 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18768 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18769 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18770 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18771 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18772 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18773 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18774
18775 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18776 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18777 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18778 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18779 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18780 middle of a character in STR.
18781
18782 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18783 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18784
18785 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18786 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18787 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18788 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18789 defaults to \"...\".
18790
18791 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18792
18793 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18794 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18795
18796 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18797 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18798 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18799
18800 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18801 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18802 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18803
18804 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18805 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18806 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18807 are considered.
18808 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18809 longer than KEYSEQ.
18810 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18811
18812 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18813
18814 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18815 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18816 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18817 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18818 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18819 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18820 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18821 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18822 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18823 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18824 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18825
18826 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18827
18828 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18829 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18830
18831 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18832
18833 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18834 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18835
18836 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18837
18838 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18839 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18840
18841 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18842
18843 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18844 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18845
18846 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18847
18848 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18849 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18850 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18851 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18852 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18853
18854 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18855 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18856
18857 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18858 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18859 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18860 coding systems ordered by priority.
18861
18862 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18863
18864 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18865
18866 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18867 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18868 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18869 language environment LANG-ENV.
18870
18871 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18872
18873 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18874 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18875 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18876 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18877 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18878 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18879
18880 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18881
18882 ;;;***
18883 \f
18884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21187 63826
18885 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
18886 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18887
18888 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18889 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18890
18891 \(fn)" t nil)
18892
18893 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18894 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18895
18896 \(fn)" t nil)
18897
18898 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18899 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18900
18901 \(fn)" t nil)
18902
18903 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18904 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18905
18906 \(fn)" t nil)
18907
18908 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18909 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18910
18911 \(fn)" t nil)
18912
18913 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18914 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18915
18916 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18917
18918 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18919 Ping HOST.
18920 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18921 `ping-program-options'.
18922
18923 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18924
18925 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18926 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18927
18928 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18929
18930 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18931 Run nslookup program.
18932
18933 \(fn)" t nil)
18934
18935 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18936 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18937
18938 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18939
18940 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18941 Run dig program.
18942
18943 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18944
18945 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18946 Run ftp program.
18947
18948 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18949
18950 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18951 Finger USER on HOST.
18952
18953 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18954
18955 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18956 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18957 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18958 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18959
18960 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18961
18962 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18963
18964
18965 \(fn)" t nil)
18966
18967 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18968 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18969
18970 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18971
18972 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18973 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18974
18975 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18976
18977 ;;;***
18978 \f
18979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21187 63826 213216
18980 ;;;;;; 0))
18981 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18982
18983 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18984 Return a user name/password pair.
18985 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18986 listed in the PORTS list.
18987
18988 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18989
18990 ;;;***
18991 \f
18992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21187
18993 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
18994 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18995
18996 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18997 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18998 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18999 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19000 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19001 closes it.
19002
19003 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19004 make it unique.
19005 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19006 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19007 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19008 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19009 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19010 a port number to connect to.
19011
19012 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19013 values:
19014
19015 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19016 nil or `network'
19017 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19018 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19019 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19020 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19021 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19022 an unencrypted connection.
19023 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19024 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19025 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19026 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19027 returned object is a killed process.
19028 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19029 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19030 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19031
19032 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19033 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19034 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19035 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19036 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19037 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19038 or nil if none could be found.
19039 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19040 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19041
19042 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19043
19044 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19045 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19046 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19047
19048 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19049 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19050 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19051
19052 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19053 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19054 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19055
19056 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19057 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19058 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19059 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19060
19061 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19062 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19063
19064 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19065 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19066 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19067 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19068 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19069 or STARTTLS connections.
19070
19071 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19072 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19073
19074 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19075 a greeting from the server.
19076
19077 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19078 asynchronously, if possible.
19079
19080 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19081
19082 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19083
19084 ;;;***
19085 \f
19086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21260
19087 ;;;;;; 57908 370145 500000))
19088 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19089
19090 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19091 Check whether newsticker is running.
19092 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19093 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19094
19095 \(fn)" nil nil)
19096
19097 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19098 Start the newsticker.
19099 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19100 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19101 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19102 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19103
19104 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19105
19106 ;;;***
19107 \f
19108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19109 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
19110 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19111
19112 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19113 Start newsticker plainview.
19114
19115 \(fn)" t nil)
19116
19117 ;;;***
19118 \f
19119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21187
19120 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19121 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19122
19123 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19124 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19125
19126 \(fn)" t nil)
19127
19128 ;;;***
19129 \f
19130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21187
19131 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19132 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19133
19134 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19135 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19136 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19137 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19138 empty.
19139
19140 \(fn)" nil nil)
19141
19142 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19143 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19144 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19145 running already.
19146
19147 \(fn)" t nil)
19148
19149 ;;;***
19150 \f
19151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21187
19152 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
19153 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19154
19155 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19156 Start newsticker treeview.
19157
19158 \(fn)" t nil)
19159
19160 ;;;***
19161 \f
19162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21194 37048
19163 ;;;;;; 599945 0))
19164 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19165 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19166
19167 ;;;***
19168 \f
19169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21204 37210 187838
19170 ;;;;;; 0))
19171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19172
19173 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19174 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19175
19176 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19177
19178 ;;;***
19179 \f
19180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19181 ;;;;;; 0))
19182 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19183
19184 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19185 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19186 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19187 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19188 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19189 symbol in the alist.
19190
19191 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19192
19193 ;;;***
19194 \f
19195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21187 63826
19196 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19198
19199 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19200 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19201 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19202
19203 \(fn)" t nil)
19204
19205 ;;;***
19206 \f
19207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (21187 63826
19208 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
19210 (push (purecopy '(nnmairix 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
19211
19212 ;;;***
19213 \f
19214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19215 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19216
19217 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19218 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19219
19220 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19221
19222 ;;;***
19223 \f
19224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
19225 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19226
19227 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19228
19229 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19230 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19231 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19232
19233 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19234
19235
19236 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19237
19238 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19239 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19240 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19241 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19242 to future sessions.
19243
19244 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19245
19246 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19247 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19248 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19249 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19250 future sessions.
19251
19252 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19253
19254 ;;;***
19255 \f
19256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21240
19257 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19259
19260 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19261 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19262 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19263 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19264 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19265 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19266
19267 \(fn)" t nil)
19268
19269 ;;;***
19270 \f
19271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19272 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19273 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19274
19275 ;;;***
19276 \f
19277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21187 63826
19278 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19279 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19280
19281 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19282 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19283 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19284 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19285
19286 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19287
19288 ;;;***
19289 \f
19290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21220 61111
19291 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
19292 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19293
19294 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19295 Major mode for editing XML.
19296
19297 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19298 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19299 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19300 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19301 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19302 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19303 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19304
19305 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19306
19307 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19308 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19309
19310 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19311 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19312 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19313 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19314 instead of C-c.
19315
19316 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19317 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19318 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19319 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19320 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19321 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19322
19323 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19324 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19325 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19326
19327 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19328 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19329 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19330
19331 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19332 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19333 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19334 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19335 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19336 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19337 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19338 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19339 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19340
19341 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19342
19343 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19344 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19345
19346 \(fn)" t nil)
19347
19348 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19349
19350 ;;;***
19351 \f
19352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21187 63826
19353 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19355
19356 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19357 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19358 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19359 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19360
19361 \(fn)" t nil)
19362
19363 ;;;***
19364 \f
19365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21240 46395
19366 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
19367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19368
19369 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19370 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19371
19372 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19373 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19374 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19375 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19376
19377 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19378
19379 Key bindings:
19380 \\{octave-mode-map}
19381
19382 \(fn)" t nil)
19383
19384 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19385 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19386 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19387
19388 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19389
19390 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19391 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19392
19393 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19394 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19395 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19396
19397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19398
19399 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19400
19401 ;;;***
19402 \f
19403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21220 61111
19404 ;;;;;; 156047 0))
19405 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19406
19407 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19408
19409 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19410 Major mode for editing OPascal code. \\<opascal-mode-map>
19411 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19412 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19413 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19414
19415 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19416
19417 Customization:
19418
19419 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19420 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19421 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19422 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19423 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19424 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19425 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19426 Directories to search when finding external units.
19427 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19428 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19429
19430 Coloring:
19431
19432 `opascal-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
19433 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19434
19435 Turning on OPascal mode calls the value of the variable `opascal-mode-hook'
19436 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
19437
19438 \(fn)" t nil)
19439
19440 ;;;***
19441 \f
19442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21196 19423 102965 0))
19443 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19444
19445 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19446 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19447
19448 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19449
19450 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19451 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19452 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19453 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19454 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19455 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19456
19457 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19458
19459 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19460 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19461 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19462 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19463 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19464
19465 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19466
19467 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19468 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19469
19470 \(fn)" nil nil)
19471
19472 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19473 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19474
19475 \(fn)" nil nil)
19476
19477 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19478 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19479 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19480
19481 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19482 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19483 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19484 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19485 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19486 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19487 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19488 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19489 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19490 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19491
19492 The following commands are available:
19493
19494 \\{org-mode-map}
19495
19496 \(fn)" t nil)
19497
19498 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19499 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19500
19501 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19502 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19503 in special contexts.
19504
19505 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19506 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19507 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19508 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19509 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19510 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19511 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19512 properties in the buffer.
19513 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19514 including any drawers.
19515
19516 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19517
19518 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19519 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19520 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19521 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19522 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19523 and zoom in further.
19524 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19525 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19526
19527 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19528 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19529 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19530 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19531 times right after creating a new headline.
19532
19533 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19534 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19535 is negative, go up that many levels.
19536
19537 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19538 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19539 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19540
19541 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19542 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19543 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19544 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19545
19546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19547
19548 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19549 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19550 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19551 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19552
19553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19554 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19555
19556 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19557 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19558 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19559 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19560 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19561 defined by Org-mode).
19562
19563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19564
19565 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19566 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19567
19568 \(fn)" nil nil)
19569
19570 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19571 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19572
19573 \(fn)" nil nil)
19574
19575 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19576 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19577 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19578 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19579 call CMD.
19580
19581 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19582
19583 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19584 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19585 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19586 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19587
19588 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19589 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19590 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19591
19592 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19593 part of Org's core.
19594
19595 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19596 active region.
19597
19598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19599
19600 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19601 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19602 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19603
19604 \(fn)" t nil)
19605
19606 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19607 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19608 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19609 Org-mode syntax.
19610
19611 \(fn)" t nil)
19612
19613 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19614 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19615
19616 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19617
19618 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19619 Switch between Org buffers.
19620 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19621 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19622
19623 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19624 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19625
19626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19627
19628 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19629
19630 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19631
19632 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19633 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19634 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19635 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19636
19637 \(fn)" t nil)
19638
19639 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19640 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19641
19642 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19643
19644 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19645 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19646 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19647
19648 \(fn)" t nil)
19649
19650 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19651 Reload all org lisp files.
19652 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19653
19654 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19655
19656 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19657 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19658
19659 \(fn)" t nil)
19660
19661 ;;;***
19662 \f
19663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21197 43194
19664 ;;;;;; 200483 0))
19665 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19668 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19669
19670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19671
19672 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19673 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19674 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19675 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19676
19677 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19678 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19679 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19680 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19681 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19682 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19683 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19684 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19685 e Export views to associated files.
19686 s Search entries for keywords.
19687 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19688 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19689 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19690 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19691 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19692 > Remove a previous restriction.
19693 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19694 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19695 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19696
19697 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19698 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19699 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19700
19701 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19702 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19703 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19704 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19705 \(if active).
19706
19707 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19708
19709 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19710 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19711 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19712 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19713 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19714 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19715 before running the agenda command.
19716
19717 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19718
19719 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19720 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19721 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19722 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19723 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19724 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19725 before running the agenda command.
19726
19727 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19728 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19729
19730 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19731
19732 category The category of the item
19733 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19734 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19735 todo selected in TODO match
19736 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19737 diary imported from diary
19738 deadline a deadline on given date
19739 scheduled scheduled on given date
19740 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19741 closed entry was closed on given date
19742 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19743 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19744 block entry has date block including g. date
19745 todo The todo keyword, if any
19746 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19747 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19748 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19749 extra Sting with extra planning info
19750 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19751 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19752 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19753
19754 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19755
19756 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19757 Store agenda views.
19758
19759 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19760
19761 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19762 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19763
19764 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19765
19766 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19767 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19768 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19769 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19770
19771 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19772 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19773 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19774
19775 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19776 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19777
19778 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19779 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19780
19781 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19782
19783 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19784 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19785
19786 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19787 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19788 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19789 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19790 EDIT-AT.
19791
19792 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19793 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19794 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19795 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19796 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19797 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19798
19799 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19800 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19801 including newlines.
19802
19803 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19804 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19805 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19806 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19807 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19808 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19809 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19810
19811 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19812 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19813 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19814 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19815
19816 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19817 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19818 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19819 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19820 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19821 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19822 Boolean search must match as full words.
19823
19824 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19825 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19826
19827 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19828
19829 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19830 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19831 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19832 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19833 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19834 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19835
19836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19837
19838 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19839 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19840 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19841
19842 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19843
19844 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19845 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19846 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19847 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19848 `org-stuck-projects'.
19849
19850 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19851
19852 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19853 Return diary information from org files.
19854 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19855 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19856 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19857 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19858 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19859
19860 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19861
19862 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19863
19864 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19865 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19866
19867 &%%(org-diary)
19868
19869 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19870 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19871 So the example above may also be written as
19872
19873 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19874
19875 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19876 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19877 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19878
19879 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19880
19881 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19882 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19883
19884 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19885
19886 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19887 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19888 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19889 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19890 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19891
19892 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19893
19894 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19895 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19896 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19897
19898 \(fn)" t nil)
19899
19900 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19901 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19902 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19903 appointments.
19904
19905 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19906 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19907
19908 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19909 for filtering entries out.
19910
19911 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19912 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19913 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19914
19915 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19916 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19917
19918 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19919 (category \"Work\"))
19920
19921 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19922 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19923
19924 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19925 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19926 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19927 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19928 details and examples.
19929
19930 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19931 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19932
19933 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19934
19935 ;;;***
19936 \f
19937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21187 63826
19938 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19939 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19940
19941 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19942 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19943
19944 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19945
19946 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19947 Capture something.
19948 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19949 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19950 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19951 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19952 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19953 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19954
19955 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19956 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19957 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19958 stored.
19959
19960 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19961
19962 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19963 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19964 will be bypassed.
19965
19966 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19967 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19968 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19969 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19970
19971 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19972
19973 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19974 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19975
19976 \(fn)" t nil)
19977
19978 ;;;***
19979 \f
19980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21187 63826
19981 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
19982 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19983
19984 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19985 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19986
19987 \(fn)" t nil)
19988
19989 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19990
19991
19992 \(fn)" nil nil)
19993
19994 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19995 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19996 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19997
19998 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19999
20000 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20001 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20002
20003 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20004
20005 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20006 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20007
20008 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20009
20010 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20011 Write the column view table.
20012 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20013
20014 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20015 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20016 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20017 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20018 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20019 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20020 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20021 using `org-id-find'.
20022 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20023 a hline before each level <= that number.
20024 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20025 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20026 :skip-empty-rows
20027 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20028 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20029
20030 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20031
20032 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20033 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20034
20035 \(fn)" t nil)
20036
20037 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20038 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20039
20040 \(fn)" t nil)
20041
20042 ;;;***
20043 \f
20044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21187 63826
20045 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20047
20048 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20049 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20050
20051 \(fn)" nil t)
20052
20053 ;;;***
20054 \f
20055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20056 ;;;;;; 0))
20057 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20058
20059 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20060 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20061
20062 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20063
20064 ;;;***
20065 \f
20066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21260 56437
20067 ;;;;;; 870858 217000))
20068 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20069
20070 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20071 The release version of org-mode.
20072 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20073
20074 \(fn)" nil nil)
20075
20076 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20077 The Git version of org-mode.
20078 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20079
20080 \(fn)" nil nil)
20081
20082 ;;;***
20083 \f
20084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21240 46395 727291
20085 ;;;;;; 0))
20086 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20087 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20088 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20089
20090 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20091 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20092 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20093 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20094
20095 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20096 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20097 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20098 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20099
20100 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20101 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20102 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20103 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20104 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20105 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20106
20107 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20108 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20109 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20110
20111 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20112 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20113 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20114 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20115 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20116 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20117 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20118 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20119 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20120 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20121 The subheadings remain visible.
20122 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20123
20124 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20125 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20126 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20127
20128 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20129 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20130
20131 \(fn)" t nil)
20132
20133 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20134 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20135 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20136 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20137 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20138
20139 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20140
20141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20142 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20143
20144 ;;;***
20145 \f
20146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21242 52061
20147 ;;;;;; 270865 616000))
20148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20149 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20150
20151 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20152 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20153 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20154 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20155 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20156
20157 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20158 activate the package system at any time.")
20159
20160 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20161
20162 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20163 Install the package PKG.
20164 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20165 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20166
20167 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20168
20169 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20170 Install a package from the current buffer.
20171 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20172 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20173 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20174
20175 \(fn)" t nil)
20176
20177 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20178 Install a package from a file.
20179 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20180
20181 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20182
20183 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20184 Import keys from FILE.
20185
20186 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20187
20188 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20189 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20190 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20191 makes them available for download.
20192
20193 \(fn)" t nil)
20194
20195 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20196 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20197 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20198 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20199
20200 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20201
20202 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20203 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20204
20205 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20206
20207 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20208 Display a list of packages.
20209 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20210 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20211 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20212
20213 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20214
20215 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20216
20217 ;;;***
20218 \f
20219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20220 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20221
20222 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20223 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20224 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20226 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20227 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20228
20229 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20230
20231 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20232 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20234 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20235 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20236
20237 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20238 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20239 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20240
20241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20242
20243 ;;;***
20244 \f
20245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21187
20246 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20247 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20248 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20249
20250 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20251 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20252 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20253 unknown are returned as nil.
20254
20255 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20256
20257 ;;;***
20258 \f
20259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21187 63826
20260 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20262
20263 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20264 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20265 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20266
20267 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20268 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20269
20270 Other useful functions are:
20271
20272 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20273 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20274 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20275 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20276 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20277 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20278 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20279 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20280 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20281
20282 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20283
20284 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20285 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20286 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20287 Indentation for case statements.
20288 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20289 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20290 mark after an end.
20291 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20292 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20293 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20294 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20295 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20296 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20297 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20298 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20299 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20300 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20301
20302 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20303 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20304
20305 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20306 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20307
20308 \(fn)" t nil)
20309
20310 ;;;***
20311 \f
20312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21187
20313 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
20314 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20315
20316 (defvar password-cache t "\
20317 Whether to cache passwords.")
20318
20319 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20320
20321 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20322 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20323 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20324
20325 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20326
20327 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20328 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20329
20330 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20331
20332 ;;;***
20333 \f
20334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21190 39993
20335 ;;;;;; 744837 0))
20336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20337
20338 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20339 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20340 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20341
20342 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20343 _ matches anything.
20344 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20345 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20346 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20347 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20348 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20349 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20350 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20351 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20352 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20353 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20354
20355 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20356 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20357 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20358 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20359 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20360 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20361
20362 PRED can take the form
20363 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20364 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20365 which is the value being matched.
20366 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20367 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20368 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20369 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20370 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20371
20372 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20373
20374 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20375
20376 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20377 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20378 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20379 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20380
20381 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20382
20383 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20384
20385 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20386 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20387 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20388 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20389
20390 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20391
20392 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20393
20394 ;;;***
20395 \f
20396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20397 ;;;;;; 0))
20398 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20399
20400 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20401 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20402
20403 \(fn)" nil nil)
20404
20405 ;;;***
20406 \f
20407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21187 63826 213216
20408 ;;;;;; 0))
20409 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20410
20411 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20412 Completion for `gzip'.
20413
20414 \(fn)" nil nil)
20415
20416 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20417 Completion for `bzip2'.
20418
20419 \(fn)" nil nil)
20420
20421 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20422 Completion for GNU `make'.
20423
20424 \(fn)" nil nil)
20425
20426 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20427 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20428
20429 \(fn)" nil nil)
20430
20431 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20432
20433 ;;;***
20434 \f
20435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21187 63826
20436 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20437 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20438
20439 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20440 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20441
20442 \(fn)" nil nil)
20443
20444 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20445 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20446
20447 \(fn)" nil nil)
20448
20449 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20450 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20451
20452 \(fn)" nil nil)
20453
20454 ;;;***
20455 \f
20456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21187 63826 213216
20457 ;;;;;; 0))
20458 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20459
20460 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20461 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20462
20463 \(fn)" nil nil)
20464
20465 ;;;***
20466 \f
20467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21187 63826 213216
20468 ;;;;;; 0))
20469 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20470
20471 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20472 Completion for `cd'.
20473
20474 \(fn)" nil nil)
20475
20476 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20477
20478 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20479 Completion for `rmdir'.
20480
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20482
20483 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20484 Completion for `rm'.
20485
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20489 Completion for `xargs'.
20490
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492
20493 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20494
20495 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20496 Completion for `which'.
20497
20498 \(fn)" nil nil)
20499
20500 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20501 Completion for the `chown' command.
20502
20503 \(fn)" nil nil)
20504
20505 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20506 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20507
20508 \(fn)" nil nil)
20509
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20511 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20512
20513 \(fn)" nil nil)
20514
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20516 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20517 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20518
20519 \(fn)" nil nil)
20520
20521 ;;;***
20522 \f
20523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
20524 ;;;;;; 0))
20525 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20526
20527 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20528 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20529
20530 \(fn)" nil nil)
20531
20532 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20533 Completion for the `ack' command.
20534 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20535 long options.
20536
20537 \(fn)" nil nil)
20538
20539 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20540
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20542 Completion for the `ag' command.
20543
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545
20546 ;;;***
20547 \f
20548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
20549 ;;;;;; 0))
20550 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20551
20552 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20553 Support extensible programmable completion.
20554 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20555 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20556
20557 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20558
20559 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20560 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20561
20562 \(fn)" t nil)
20563
20564 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20565 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20566 This will modify the current buffer.
20567
20568 \(fn)" t nil)
20569
20570 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20571 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20572
20573 \(fn)" t nil)
20574
20575 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20576 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20577 This will modify the current buffer.
20578
20579 \(fn)" t nil)
20580
20581 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20582 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20583
20584 \(fn)" t nil)
20585
20586 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20587 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20588
20589 \(fn)" t nil)
20590
20591 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20592 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20593 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20594 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20595 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20596
20597 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20598
20599 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20600 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20601
20602 \(fn)" nil nil)
20603
20604 ;;;***
20605 \f
20606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21222 64465 21576 403000))
20607 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20608
20609 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20610 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20611 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20612 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20613
20614 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20615
20616 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20617
20618 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20619 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20620 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20621 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20622 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20623 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20624 FLAGS is ignored.
20625
20626 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20627
20628 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20629 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20630 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20631 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20632 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20633 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20634 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20635 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20636
20637 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20638
20639 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20640 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20641 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20642 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20643 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20644 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20645 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20646 passed to cvs.
20647
20648 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20649
20650 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20651 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20652 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20653 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20654 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20655 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20656 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20657
20658 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20659
20660 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20661 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20662 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20663
20664 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20665
20666 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20667 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20668 A value of nil means never do it.
20669 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20670 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20671 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20672
20673 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20674
20675 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20676 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20677 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20678
20679 ;;;***
20680 \f
20681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21187 63826
20682 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
20683 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20684
20685 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20686 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20687
20688 ;;;***
20689 \f
20690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21240
20691 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
20692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20693 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20694 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20695 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20696 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20697 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20698 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20699
20700 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20701 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20702 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20703 Tab indents for Perl code.
20704 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20705 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20706 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20707 \\{perl-mode-map}
20708 Variables controlling indentation style:
20709 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20710 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20711 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20712 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20713 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20714 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20715 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20716 `perl-nochange'
20717 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20718 `perl-indent-level'
20719 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20720 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20721 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20722 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20723 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20724 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20725 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20726 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20727 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20728 `perl-brace-offset'
20729 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20730 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20731 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20732 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20733 `perl-label-offset'
20734 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20735 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20736 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20737
20738 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20739 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20740 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20741 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20742 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20743 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20744 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20745
20746 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20747
20748 \(fn)" t nil)
20749
20750 ;;;***
20751 \f
20752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21240 46395
20753 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
20754 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20755
20756 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20757 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20758 \\<picture-mode-map>
20759 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20760 afterwards settable by these commands:
20761
20762 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20763 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20764 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20765 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20766
20767 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20768 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20769 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20770 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20771
20772 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20773 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20774 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20775 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20776
20777 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20778 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20779 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20780 with these commands:
20781
20782 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20783 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20784 Move to column following last
20785 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20786 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20787 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20788 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20789 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20790 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20791
20792 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20793
20794 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20795 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20796 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20797 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20798 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20799 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20800
20801 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20802 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20803 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20804 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20805 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20806 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20807 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20808
20809 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20810 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20811 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20812 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20813 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20814 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20815 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20816 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20817
20818 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20819 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20820 by supplying an argument.
20821
20822 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20823
20824 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20825 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20826
20827 \(fn)" t nil)
20828
20829 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20830
20831 ;;;***
20832 \f
20833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21187 63826 213216
20834 ;;;;;; 0))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20836
20837 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20838 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20839
20840 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20841
20842 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20843 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20844
20845 \(fn)" t nil)
20846
20847 ;;;***
20848 \f
20849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21187 63826 213216
20850 ;;;;;; 0))
20851 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20852
20853 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20854 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20855 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20856
20857 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20858
20859 ;;;***
20860 \f
20861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20862 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20863
20864 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20865 Play pong and waste time.
20866 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20867 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20868
20869 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20870
20871 \\{pong-mode-map}
20872
20873 \(fn)" t nil)
20874
20875 ;;;***
20876 \f
20877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20879
20880 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20881 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20882 Use streaming commands.
20883
20884 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20885
20886 ;;;***
20887 \f
20888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21187 63826 213216
20889 ;;;;;; 0))
20890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20891
20892 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20893 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20894 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20895 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20896
20897 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20898
20899 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20900 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20901
20902 \(fn)" nil nil)
20903
20904 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20905 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20906 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20907 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20908 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20909
20910 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20911
20912 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20913 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20914 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20915
20916 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20917
20918 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20919 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20920
20921 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20922
20923 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20924 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20925 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20926 Ignores leading comment characters.
20927
20928 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20929
20930 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20931 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20932 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20933 Ignores leading comment characters.
20934
20935 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20936
20937 ;;;***
20938 \f
20939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21187 63826 213216
20940 ;;;;;; 0))
20941 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20942 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20943
20944 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20945 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20946
20947 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20948
20949 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20950
20951 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20952
20953 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20954 Preview directory using ghostview.
20955
20956 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20957 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20958 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20959 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20960
20961 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20962 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20963 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20964 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20965 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20966 file name.
20967
20968 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20969
20970 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20971
20972 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20973 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20974
20975 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20976 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20977 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20978 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20979
20980 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20981 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20982 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20983 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20984 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20985 file name.
20986
20987 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20988
20989 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20990
20991 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20992 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20993
20994 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20995 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20996 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20997 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20998
20999 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21000 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21001 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21002 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21003 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21004 file name.
21005
21006 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21007
21008 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21009
21010 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21011 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21012
21013 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21014
21015 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21016 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21017 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21018 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21019
21020 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21021 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21022 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21023 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21024 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21025 file name.
21026
21027 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21028
21029 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21030
21031 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21032 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21033
21034 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21035 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21036 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21037
21038 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21039 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21040 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21041 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21042
21043 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21044
21045 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21046 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21047
21048 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21049 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21050 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21051
21052 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21053 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21054 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21055 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21056
21057 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21058
21059 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21060 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21061
21062 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21063 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21064 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21065
21066 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21067 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21068 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21069 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21070
21071 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21072
21073 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21074 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21075
21076 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21077
21078 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21079 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21080 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21081
21082 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21083 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21084 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21085 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21086
21087 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088
21089 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21090 Preview region using ghostview.
21091
21092 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21093
21094 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21095
21096 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21097 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21098
21099 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21100
21101 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21102
21103 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21104 Print region using PostScript printer.
21105
21106 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21107
21108 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21109
21110 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21111 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21112
21113 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21114
21115 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21116
21117 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21118 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21119
21120 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21121
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21123
21124 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21125 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21126
21127 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21128
21129 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21130
21131 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21132 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21133
21134 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21135
21136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21137
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21139 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21140
21141 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21142
21143 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21144
21145 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21146 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21147 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21148 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21149
21150 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21151 matching.
21152
21153 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21154 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21155
21156 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21157
21158 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21161 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21162 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21163 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21164
21165 \(fn)" t nil)
21166
21167 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21168 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21169 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21170 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21171
21172 \(fn)" t nil)
21173
21174 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21175 Print directory using text printer.
21176
21177 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21178 matching.
21179
21180 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21181 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21182
21183 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21184
21185 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21186
21187 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21188 Print buffer using text printer.
21189
21190 \(fn)" t nil)
21191
21192 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21193 Print region using text printer.
21194
21195 \(fn)" t nil)
21196
21197 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21198 Print major mode using text printer.
21199
21200 \(fn)" t nil)
21201
21202 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21203 Preview spooled PostScript.
21204
21205 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21206 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21207 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21208
21209 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21210 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21211 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21212
21213 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21214
21215 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21216 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21217
21218 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21219 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21220 instead of sending it to the printer.
21221
21222 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21223 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21224 image in a file with that name.
21225
21226 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21227
21228 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21229 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21230
21231 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21232 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21233 instead of sending it to the printer.
21234
21235 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21236 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21237 image in a file with that name.
21238
21239 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21242 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21243
21244 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21245 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21246 instead of sending it to the printer.
21247
21248 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21249 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21250 image in a file with that name.
21251
21252 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21253
21254 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21255 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21256
21257 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21260 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21261
21262 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21265 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21266
21267 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21270 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21271
21272 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21275 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21276
21277 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21280 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21281
21282 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21283 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21284 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21285 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21286
21287 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21288 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21289 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21290 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21291 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21292 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21293 file name.
21294
21295 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21296
21297 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21298 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21299
21300 \(fn)" t nil)
21301
21302 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21303 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21304
21305 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21306 right.
21307 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21308 bottom.
21309
21310 \(fn)" t nil)
21311
21312 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21313 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21314
21315 \(fn)" t nil)
21316
21317 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21318 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21319
21320 \(fn)" t nil)
21321
21322 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21323 Toggle printing with faces.
21324
21325 \(fn)" t nil)
21326
21327 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21328 Toggle spooling.
21329
21330 \(fn)" t nil)
21331
21332 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21333 Toggle duplex.
21334
21335 \(fn)" t nil)
21336
21337 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21338 Toggle tumble.
21339
21340 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21341 right.
21342 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21343 bottom.
21344
21345 \(fn)" t nil)
21346
21347 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21348 Toggle landscape.
21349
21350 \(fn)" t nil)
21351
21352 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21353 Toggle upside-down.
21354
21355 \(fn)" t nil)
21356
21357 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21358 Toggle line number.
21359
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21361
21362 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21363 Toggle zebra stripes.
21364
21365 \(fn)" t nil)
21366
21367 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21368 Toggle printing header.
21369
21370 \(fn)" t nil)
21371
21372 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21373 Toggle printing header frame.
21374
21375 \(fn)" t nil)
21376
21377 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21378 Toggle menu lock.
21379
21380 \(fn)" t nil)
21381
21382 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21383 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21384
21385 \(fn)" t nil)
21386
21387 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21388 Toggle auto mode.
21389
21390 \(fn)" t nil)
21391
21392 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21393 Customization of the `printing' group.
21394
21395 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21396
21397 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21398 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21399
21400 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21401
21402 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21403 Help for the printing package.
21404
21405 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21406
21407 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21408 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21409
21410 \(fn)" t nil)
21411
21412 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21413 Interactively select a text printer.
21414
21415 \(fn)" t nil)
21416
21417 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21418 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21419
21420 \(fn)" t nil)
21421
21422 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21423 Show current ps-print settings.
21424
21425 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21426
21427 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21428 Show current printing settings.
21429
21430 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21431
21432 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21433 Show current lpr settings.
21434
21435 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21436
21437 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21438 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21439
21440 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21441 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21442 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21443 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21444
21445
21446 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21447
21448 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21449 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21450 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21451
21452 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21453 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21454 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21455 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21456 current active printer.
21457
21458 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21459 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21460 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21461 printer.
21462
21463 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21464 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21465 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21466 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21467 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21468
21469
21470 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21471 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21472
21473 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21474
21475 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21476 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21477 be done using the new current active printer.
21478
21479 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21480 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21481 printer.
21482
21483 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21484 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21485 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21486 instead of sending it to the printer.
21487
21488 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21489 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21490 printer.
21491
21492 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21493
21494
21495 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21496 are both set to t.
21497
21498 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21499
21500 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21501 Fast fire function for text printing.
21502
21503 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21504 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21505 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21506 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21507
21508 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21509 user for a new active text printer.
21510
21511 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21512
21513 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21514
21515 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21516 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21517 printer.
21518
21519 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21520
21521 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21522 are both set to t.
21523
21524 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21525
21526 ;;;***
21527 \f
21528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21529 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21530
21531 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21532 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21533 \\<proced-mode-map>
21534 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21535 the process information.
21536
21537 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21538
21539 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21540 Proced buffers.
21541
21542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21543
21544 ;;;***
21545 \f
21546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21187 63826 213216
21547 ;;;;;; 0))
21548 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21549
21550 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21551 Start/restart profilers.
21552 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21553 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21554 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21555
21556 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21557
21558 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21559 Open profile FILENAME.
21560
21561 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21562
21563 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21564 Open profile FILENAME.
21565
21566 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21567
21568 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21569 Open profile FILENAME.
21570
21571 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21572
21573 ;;;***
21574 \f
21575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21187 63826
21576 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
21577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21578
21579 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21580 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21581
21582 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21583 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21584
21585 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21586
21587 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21588 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21589
21590 Commands:
21591 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21592
21593 \(fn)" t nil)
21594
21595 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21596 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21597 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21598
21599 \(fn)" t nil)
21600
21601 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21602 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21603 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21604
21605 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21606
21607 ;;;***
21608 \f
21609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21610 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21611
21612 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21613 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21614 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21615
21616 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21617
21618 ;;;***
21619 \f
21620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21195 57908
21621 ;;;;;; 940910 0))
21622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21623 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21624
21625 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21626 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21627
21628 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21629
21630 The following variables hold user options, and can
21631 be set through the `customize' command:
21632
21633 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21634 `ps-mode-tab'
21635 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21636 `ps-mode-print-function'
21637 `ps-run-prompt'
21638 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21639 `ps-run-x'
21640 `ps-run-dumb'
21641 `ps-run-init'
21642 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21643 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21644
21645 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21646
21647
21648 \\{ps-mode-map}
21649
21650
21651 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21652 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21653 The keymap for this second window is:
21654
21655 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21656
21657
21658 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21659 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21660 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21661 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21662 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21663
21664 \(fn)" t nil)
21665
21666 ;;;***
21667 \f
21668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21207 49087 974317
21669 ;;;;;; 0))
21670 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21671 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21672
21673 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21674 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21675 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21676
21677 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21678
21679 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21680 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21681 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21682 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21683
21684 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21685
21686 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21687 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21688
21689 Valid values are:
21690
21691 nil Do not print colors.
21692
21693 t Print colors.
21694
21695 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21696 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21697
21698 Any other value is treated as t.")
21699
21700 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21701
21702 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21703 Customization of ps-print group.
21704
21705 \(fn)" t nil)
21706
21707 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21708 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21709
21710 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21711 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21712 sending it to the printer.
21713
21714 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21715 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21716 image in a file with that name.
21717
21718 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21719
21720 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21721 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21722 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21723 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21724 so it has a way to determine color values.
21725
21726 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21727
21728 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21729 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21730 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21731
21732 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21733
21734 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21735 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21736 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21737 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21738 so it has a way to determine color values.
21739
21740 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21741
21742 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21743 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21744 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21745 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21746
21747 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21748
21749 \(fn)" t nil)
21750
21751 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21752 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21753 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21754 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21755 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21756
21757 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21758
21759 \(fn)" t nil)
21760
21761 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21762 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21763 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21764
21765 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21766
21767 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21768
21769 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21770 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21771 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21772 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21773 so it has a way to determine color values.
21774
21775 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21776
21777 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21778
21779 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21780 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21781
21782 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21783 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21784 instead of sending it to the printer.
21785
21786 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21787 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21788 image in a file with that name.
21789
21790 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21791
21792 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21793 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21794 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21795 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21796 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21797
21798 \(fn)" t nil)
21799
21800 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21801 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21802 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21803
21804 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21805
21806 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21807 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21808 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21809
21810 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21811
21812 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21813 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21814
21815 \(fn)" nil nil)
21816
21817 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21818 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21819
21820 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21821 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21822
21823 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21824 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21825
21826 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21827
21828 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21829
21830 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21831
21832 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21833 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21834
21835 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21836 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21837
21838 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21839 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21840
21841 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21842
21843 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21844
21845 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21846
21847 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21848 foreground and background colors respectively.
21849
21850 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21851 bold - use bold font.
21852 italic - use italic font.
21853 underline - put a line under text.
21854 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21855 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21856 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21857 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21858 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21859
21860 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21861
21862 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21863
21864 ;;;***
21865 \f
21866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21187 63826 213216
21867 ;;;;;; 0))
21868 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21869 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21870
21871 ;;;***
21872 \f
21873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21240 46395
21874 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
21875 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21876 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21877
21878 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21879
21880 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21881
21882 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21883 Run an inferior Python process.
21884 Input and output via buffer named after
21885 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21886 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21887
21888 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21889 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21890 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21891 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21892
21893 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21894 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21895 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21896
21897 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21898
21899 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21900 Major mode for editing Python files.
21901
21902 \\{python-mode-map}
21903
21904 \(fn)" t nil)
21905
21906 ;;;***
21907 \f
21908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21909 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21910
21911 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21912 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21913 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21914 coding-system.
21915
21916 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21917 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21918
21919 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21920 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21921 them into characters should be done separately.
21922
21923 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21924
21925 ;;;***
21926 \f
21927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21215 43189
21928 ;;;;;; 822371 0))
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21930
21931 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21932 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21933
21934 \(fn)" nil nil)
21935
21936 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21937 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21938 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21939
21940 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21941 `quail-activate', which see.
21942
21943 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21944
21945 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21946 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21947 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21948 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21949 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21950 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21951 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21952
21953 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21954 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21955 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21956 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21957 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21958 shown.
21959 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21960
21961 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21962 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21963 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21964 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21965 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21966 list of candidates.
21967
21968 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21969 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21970 command to be called.
21971
21972 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21973 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21974 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21975 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21976
21977 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21978 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21979 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21980 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21981 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21982 to t.
21983
21984 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21985 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21986 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21987 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21988
21989 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21990 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21991 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21992 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21993 defines no translations for single character keys.
21994
21995 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21996 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21997 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21998 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21999 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22000 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22001
22002 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22003 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22004 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22005 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22006 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22007 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22008
22009 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22010 covers Quail translation region.
22011
22012 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22013 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22014 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22015 for it) is inserted.
22016
22017 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22018 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22019 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22020
22021 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22022 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22023 non-Quail commands.
22024
22025 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22026
22027 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22028 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22029
22030 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22031 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22032 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22033 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22034 you type is correctly handled.
22035
22036 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22037
22038 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22039 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22040
22041 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22042 keyboard type.
22043
22044 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22045
22046 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22047 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22048 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22049 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22050 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22051 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22052 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22053 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22054 for the translation.
22055 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22056
22057 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22058 it is used to handle KEY.
22059
22060 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22061 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22062 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22063 the following annotation types are supported.
22064
22065 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22066 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22067
22068 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22069 candidate list.
22070
22071 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22072 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22073 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22074 inserted.
22075
22076 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22077 generated for the following translations.
22078
22079 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22080
22081 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22082 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22083
22084 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22085 which to install MAP.
22086
22087 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22088
22089 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22090
22091 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22092 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22093
22094 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22095 which to install MAP.
22096
22097 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22098
22099 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22100
22101 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22102 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22103 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22104 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22105 a function, or a cons.
22106 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22107 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22108 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22109 for the translation.
22110 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22111 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22112 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22113 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22114 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22115
22116 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22117 it is used to handle KEY.
22118
22119 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22120 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22121 current Quail package.
22122
22123 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22124 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22125
22126 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22127
22128 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22129 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22130
22131 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22132 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22133
22134 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22135
22136 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22137 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22138
22139 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22140
22141 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22142 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22143 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22144 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22145 of the Emacs source tree.
22146
22147 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22148 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22149
22150 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22151 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22152 of each directory.
22153
22154 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22155
22156 ;;;***
22157 \f
22158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21187
22159 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22160 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22161
22162 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22163 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22164 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22165 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22166
22167 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22168
22169 ;;;***
22170 \f
22171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22172 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22173 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22174
22175 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22176 Activate UCS input method.
22177 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22178
22179 While this input method is active, the variable
22180 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22181
22182 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22183
22184 ;;;***
22185 \f
22186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21222 16439 978802
22187 ;;;;;; 0))
22188 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22189
22190 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22191 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22192 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22193 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22194
22195 To make use of this do something like:
22196
22197 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22198
22199 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22200
22201 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22202 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22203
22204 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22205 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22206 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22207
22208 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22209
22210 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22211 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22212
22213 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22214
22215 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22216 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22217
22218 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22219 is decided.
22220
22221 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22222
22223 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22224 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22225
22226 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22227 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22228 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22229
22230 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22231
22232 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22233 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22234
22235 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22236
22237 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22238 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22239
22240 \(fn)" t nil)
22241
22242 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22243 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22244
22245 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22246
22247 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22248
22249 \(fn)" t nil)
22250
22251 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22252 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22253
22254 \(fn)" t nil)
22255
22256 ;;;***
22257 \f
22258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21187 63826 213216
22259 ;;;;;; 0))
22260 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22261
22262 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22263 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22264
22265 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22266
22267 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22268
22269 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22270
22271 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22272
22273 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22274
22275
22276 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22277
22278 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22279 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22280 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22283 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22284
22285 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22286
22287 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22288 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22290 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22291 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22292
22293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22294
22295 ;;;***
22296 \f
22297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21187
22298 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
22299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22300
22301 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22302
22303 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22304 Construct a regexp interactively.
22305 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22306 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22307 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22308
22309 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22310 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22311
22312 \(fn)" t nil)
22313
22314 ;;;***
22315 \f
22316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21187 63826 213216
22317 ;;;;;; 0))
22318 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22319
22320 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22321 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22322 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22325 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22326
22327 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22328
22329 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22330 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22331 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22332 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22333 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22334
22335 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22336 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22337 were operated on recently.
22338
22339 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22340
22341 ;;;***
22342 \f
22343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21203 52022 581300 0))
22344 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22345
22346 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22347 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22348 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22349 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22350 ends.
22351
22352 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22353 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22354 to be deleted.
22355
22356 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22357
22358 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22359 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22360 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22361
22362 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22363 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22364 deleted.
22365
22366 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22367
22368 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22369 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22370 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22371
22372 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22373
22374 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22375 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22376
22377 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22378 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22379
22380 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22381 deleted.
22382
22383 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22384 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22385 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22386 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22387 even beep.)
22388
22389 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22390
22391 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22392 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22393
22394 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22395
22396 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22397 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22398
22399 \(fn)" t nil)
22400
22401 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22402 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22403 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22404 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22405 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22406 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22407 and point is at the lower right corner.
22408
22409 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22410
22411 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22412 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22413
22414 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22415 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22416
22417 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22418 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22419 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22420
22421 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22422
22423 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22424
22425 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22426 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22427 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22428 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22429 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22430
22431 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22432 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22433
22434 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22435
22436 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22437 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22438 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22439
22440 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22441
22442 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22443
22444 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22445
22446 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22447 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22448
22449 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22450 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22451 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22452
22453 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22454
22455 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22456 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22457 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22458
22459 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22460 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22461 rectangle which were empty.
22462
22463 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22464
22465 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22466 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22467
22468 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22469 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22470 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22471 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22472
22473 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22474
22475 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22476 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22477 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22478
22479 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22480
22481 ;;;***
22482 \f
22483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21187 63826
22484 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
22485 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22486
22487 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22488 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22489 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22490 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22491 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22492
22493 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22494 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22495 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22496 auto-filling.
22497
22498 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22499
22500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22501
22502 ;;;***
22503 \f
22504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21214 22326
22505 ;;;;;; 616729 0))
22506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22507
22508 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22509 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22510
22511 \(fn)" nil nil)
22512
22513 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22514 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22515
22516 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22517 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22518
22519 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22520 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22521 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22522 \\ref macro.
22523
22524 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22525 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22526 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22527
22528 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22529 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22530 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22531
22532 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22533 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22534
22535 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22536 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22537
22538 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22539 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22540 on the menu bar.
22541
22542 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22543
22544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22545
22546 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22547 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22548 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22549
22550 \(fn)" nil nil)
22551
22552 ;;;***
22553 \f
22554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21214
22555 ;;;;;; 22326 616729 0))
22556 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22557
22558 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22559 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22560 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22561 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22562 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22563 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22564
22565 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22566
22567 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22568
22569 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22570 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22571 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22572 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22573 `reftex-cite-format'.
22574
22575 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22576 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22577 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22578 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22579
22580 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22581
22582 ;;;***
22583 \f
22584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22585 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22587
22588 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22589 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22590 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22591 the current TeX document.
22592
22593 With no argument, this command toggles
22594 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22595 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22596
22597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22598
22599 ;;;***
22600 \f
22601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22602 ;;;;;; (21193 16180 875828 0))
22603 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22604
22605 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22606 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22607 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22608
22609 To insert new phrases, use
22610 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22611 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22612
22613 To index phrases use one of:
22614
22615 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22616 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22617 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22618 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22619 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22620
22621 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22622 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22623
22624 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22625
22626 Here are all local bindings.
22627
22628 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22629
22630 \(fn)" t nil)
22631
22632 ;;;***
22633 \f
22634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22635 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
22636 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22637
22638 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22639 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22640 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22641 of master file.
22642
22643 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22644
22645 ;;;***
22646 \f
22647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21194
22648 ;;;;;; 37048 599945 0))
22649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22650 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22651 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22652 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22653 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22654
22655 ;;;***
22656 \f
22657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21240
22658 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
22659 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22660
22661 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22662 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22663 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22664 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22665 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22666 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22667
22668 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22669 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22670
22671 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22672 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22673 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22674 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22675
22676 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22677
22678 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22679 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22680 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22681 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22682
22683 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22684
22685 ;;;***
22686 \f
22687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21187 63826 213216
22688 ;;;;;; 0))
22689 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22690 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22691
22692 ;;;***
22693 \f
22694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21252 37559
22695 ;;;;;; 125878 0))
22696 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22697 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22698
22699 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22700 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22701 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22702 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22703
22704 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22705
22706 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22707
22708 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22709 Call `remember' in another frame.
22710
22711 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22712
22713 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22714 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22715 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22716
22717 \(fn)" t nil)
22718
22719 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22720 Extract diary entries from the region.
22721
22722 \(fn)" nil nil)
22723
22724 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22725 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22726 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22727 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22728
22729 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22730
22731 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22732 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22733 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22734 minor mode.
22735
22736 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22737
22738 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22739 Return the buffer.
22740
22741 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22742 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22743 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22744
22745 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22746
22747 ;;;***
22748 \f
22749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21239 25528 651427 0))
22750 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22751 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22752
22753 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22754 Repeat most recently executed command.
22755 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22756 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22757 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22758
22759 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22760 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22761 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22762 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22763
22764 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22765 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22766 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22767
22768 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22769
22770 ;;;***
22771 \f
22772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21240 46395
22773 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
22774 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22775
22776 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22777 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22778
22779 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22780 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22781 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22782 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22783 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22784 and point is left after the salutation.
22785
22786 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22787 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22788 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22789 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22790 left after that text.
22791
22792 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22793 is non-nil.
22794
22795 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22796 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22797 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22798 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22799
22800 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22801
22802 ;;;***
22803 \f
22804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21240 46395 727291
22805 ;;;;;; 0))
22806 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22807
22808 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22809 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22810 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22811 visibility of comments that precede it.
22812 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22813 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22814 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22815 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22816 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22817 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22818 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22819 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22820 the comment lines.
22821 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22822 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22823 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22824 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22825 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22826
22827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22828
22829 ;;;***
22830 \f
22831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
22832 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22833
22834 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22835 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22838 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22839
22840 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22841 reveals invisible text around point.
22842
22843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22844
22845 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22846 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22847 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22848 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22849 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22850 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22851
22852 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22853
22854 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22855 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22856 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22857
22858 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22859 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22860 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22861
22862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22863
22864 ;;;***
22865 \f
22866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
22867 ;;;;;; 0))
22868 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22869
22870 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22871 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22872
22873 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22874
22875 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22876 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22877
22878 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22879
22880 ;;;***
22881 \f
22882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21187 63826 213216
22883 ;;;;;; 0))
22884 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22885
22886 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22887 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22888 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22889 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22890
22891 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22892
22893 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22894 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22895 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22896 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22897
22898 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22899 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22900
22901 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22902 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22903
22904 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22905 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22906 INPUT-ARGS.
22907
22908 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22909 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22910 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22911 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22912 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22913
22914 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22915 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22916 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22917 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22918
22919 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22920 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22921 variable.
22922
22923 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22924
22925 ;;;***
22926 \f
22927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21245 3427 941571
22928 ;;;;;; 853000))
22929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22930
22931 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22932 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22933
22934 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22935
22936 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22937
22938 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22939 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22940 Its name should end with a slash.")
22941
22942 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22943 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22944
22945 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22946 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22947 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22948
22949 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22950
22951 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22952 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22953 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22954 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22955 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22956 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22957 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22958
22959 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22960 sent by you under different user names.
22961 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22962
22963 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22964
22965 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22966
22967 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22968
22969 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22970 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22971 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22972 explicitly.")
22973
22974 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22975
22976 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22977 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22978 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22979 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22980 which normally happens once for each message,
22981 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22982 To make a change in this variable take effect
22983 for a message that you have already viewed,
22984 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22985
22986 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22987
22988 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22989 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22990 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22991 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22992
22993 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22994
22995 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22996 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22997
22998 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22999
23000 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23001 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23002 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23003
23004 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23005
23006 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23007 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23008 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23009 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23010 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23011 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23012
23013 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23014
23015 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23016 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23017
23018 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23019
23020 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23021 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23022
23023 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23024
23025 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23026 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23027
23028 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23029 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23030
23031 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23032
23033 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23034 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23035
23036 This is set to nil by default.")
23037
23038 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23039 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23040 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23041 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23042 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23043 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23044 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23045
23046 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23047 Read and edit incoming mail.
23048 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23049 file in RMAIL Mode.
23050 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23051
23052 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23053 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23054 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23055 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23056
23057 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23058
23059 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23060
23061 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23062 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23063 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23064 Instead, these commands are available:
23065
23066 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23067 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23068 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23069 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23070 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23071 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23072 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23073 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23074 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23075 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23076 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23077 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23078 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23079 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23080 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23081 till a deleted message is found.
23082 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23083 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23084 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23085 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23086 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23087 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23088 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23089 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23090 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23091 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23092 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23093 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23094 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23095 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23096 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23097 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23098 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23099 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23100 (label defaults to last one specified).
23101 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23102 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23103 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23104 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23105 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23106 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23107 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23108 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23109 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23110
23111 \(fn)" t nil)
23112
23113 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23114 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23115
23116 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23117
23118 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23119 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23120
23121 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23122
23123 ;;;***
23124 \f
23125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21240 46395
23126 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23127 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23128 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23129
23130 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23131 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23132 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23133 case it writes Babyl.
23134
23135 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23136 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23137 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23138 `rmail-default-file'.
23139
23140 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23141 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23142 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23143
23144 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23145 the header display is currently pruned.
23146
23147 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23148 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23149 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23150 messages after output.
23151
23152 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23153 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23154 message (if writing a file directly).
23155
23156 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23157 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23158
23159 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23160
23161 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23162 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23163 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23164 i) the header is output as currently seen
23165 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23166 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23167
23168 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23169 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23170 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23171
23172 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23173
23174 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23175 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23176 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23177 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23178 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23179 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23180 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23181
23182 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23183 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23184 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23185
23186 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23187
23188 ;;;***
23189 \f
23190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21187 63826
23191 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23192 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23193
23194 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23195 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23196 Return a pattern.
23197
23198 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23199
23200 ;;;***
23201 \f
23202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21187 63826
23203 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23204 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23205
23206 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23207 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23208 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23209 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23210
23211 \(fn)" t nil)
23212
23213 ;;;***
23214 \f
23215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21187 63826
23216 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23217 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23218
23219 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23220 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23221
23222 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23223 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23224 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23225 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23226 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23227 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23228 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23229 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23230 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23231 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23232
23233 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23234 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23235 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23236 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23237 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23238 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23239 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23240 to use for finding the schema.
23241
23242 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23243
23244 ;;;***
23245 \f
23246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21187 63826 213216
23247 ;;;;;; 0))
23248 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23249
23250 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23251
23252 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23253 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23254 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23255 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23256 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23257 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23258 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23259 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23260 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23261 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23262 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23263 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23264 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23265 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23266 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23267 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23268 must be equal.
23269
23270 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23271
23272 ;;;***
23273 \f
23274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23275 ;;;;;; 997685 0))
23276 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23277
23278 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23279 Define a robin package.
23280
23281 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23282 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23283 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23284 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23285
23286 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23287 one replaces the old one.
23288
23289 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23290
23291 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23292 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23293
23294 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23295 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23296 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23297
23298 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23299
23300 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23301 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23302
23303 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23304
23305 ;;;***
23306 \f
23307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
23308 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23309
23310 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23311 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23312
23313 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23314
23315 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23316 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23317
23318 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23319
23320 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23321 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23322
23323 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23324
23325 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23326 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23327 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23328
23329 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23330 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23331 in ROT13.
23332
23333 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23334
23335 \(fn)" t nil)
23336
23337 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23338 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23339
23340 \(fn)" t nil)
23341
23342 ;;;***
23343 \f
23344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21204 37210 187838
23345 ;;;;;; 0))
23346 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23347 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23348
23349 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23350 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23351 \\<rst-mode-map>
23352
23353 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23354 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23355 highlighting.
23356
23357 \\{rst-mode-map}
23358
23359 \(fn)" t nil)
23360
23361 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23362 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23364 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23365 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23366
23367 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23368 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23369 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23370
23371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23372
23373 ;;;***
23374 \f
23375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21257
23376 ;;;;;; 55477 969423 0))
23377 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23378 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23379
23380 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23381 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23382
23383 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23384
23385 \(fn)" t nil)
23386
23387 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23388
23389 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23390
23391 ;;;***
23392 \f
23393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21187 63826 213216
23394 ;;;;;; 0))
23395 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23396 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23397
23398 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23399 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23400 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23401
23402 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23403 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23404 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23405 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23406 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23407
23408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23409
23410 ;;;***
23411 \f
23412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21240 46395 727291
23413 ;;;;;; 0))
23414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23415
23416 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23417 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23418 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23419 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23420
23421 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23422
23423 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23424 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23425 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23426
23427 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23428 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23429 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23430
23431 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23432 notation.
23433
23434 STRING
23435 matches string STRING literally.
23436
23437 CHAR
23438 matches character CHAR literally.
23439
23440 `not-newline', `nonl'
23441 matches any character except a newline.
23442
23443 `anything'
23444 matches any character
23445
23446 `(any SET ...)'
23447 `(in SET ...)'
23448 `(char SET ...)'
23449 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23450 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23451 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23452
23453 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23454 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23455 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23456 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23457
23458 `(not (any SET ...))'
23459 matches any character not in SET ...
23460
23461 `line-start', `bol'
23462 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23463 in the text being matched
23464
23465 `line-end', `eol'
23466 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23467
23468 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23469 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23470 string being matched against.
23471
23472 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23473 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23474 string being matched against.
23475
23476 `buffer-start'
23477 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23478 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23479
23480 `buffer-end'
23481 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23482 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23483
23484 `point'
23485 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23486
23487 `word-start', `bow'
23488 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23489
23490 `word-end', `eow'
23491 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23492
23493 `word-boundary'
23494 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23495 word.
23496
23497 `(not word-boundary)'
23498 `not-word-boundary'
23499 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23500 word.
23501
23502 `symbol-start'
23503 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23504
23505 `symbol-end'
23506 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23507
23508 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23509 matches 0 through 9.
23510
23511 `control', `cntrl'
23512 matches ASCII control characters.
23513
23514 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23515 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23516
23517 `blank'
23518 matches space and tab only.
23519
23520 `graphic', `graph'
23521 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23522 space, and DEL.
23523
23524 `printing', `print'
23525 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23526 and DEL.
23527
23528 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23529 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23530 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23531
23532 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23533 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23534 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23535
23536 `ascii'
23537 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23538
23539 `nonascii'
23540 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23541
23542 `lower', `lower-case'
23543 matches anything lower-case.
23544
23545 `upper', `upper-case'
23546 matches anything upper-case.
23547
23548 `punctuation', `punct'
23549 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23550 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23551
23552 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23553 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23554
23555 `word', `wordchar'
23556 matches anything that has word syntax.
23557
23558 `not-wordchar'
23559 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23560
23561 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23562 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23563 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23564 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23565
23566 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23567 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23568 `word' (\\sw)
23569 `symbol' (\\s_)
23570 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23571 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23572 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23573 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23574 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23575 `escape' (\\s\\)
23576 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23577 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23578 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23579 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23580 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23581
23582 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23583 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23584
23585 `(category CATEGORY)'
23586 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23587 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23588
23589 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23590 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23591 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23592 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23593 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23594 `symbol' (\\c5)
23595 `digit' (\\c6)
23596 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23597 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23598 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23599 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23600 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23601 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23602 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23603 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23604 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23605 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23606 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23607 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23608 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23609 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23610 `ascii' (\\ca)
23611 `arabic' (\\cb)
23612 `chinese' (\\cc)
23613 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23614 `greek' (\\cg)
23615 `korean' (\\ch)
23616 `indian' (\\ci)
23617 `japanese' (\\cj)
23618 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23619 `latin' (\\cl)
23620 `lao' (\\co)
23621 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23622 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23623 `thai' (\\ct)
23624 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23625 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23626 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23627 `can-break' (\\c|)
23628
23629 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23630 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23631
23632 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23633 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23634 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23635 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23636 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23637
23638 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23639 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23640 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23641 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23642
23643 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23644 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23645 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23646 group number N.
23647
23648 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23649 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23650 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23651 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23652 regular expression.
23653
23654 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23655 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23656 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23657 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23658 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23659
23660 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23661 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23662
23663 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23664 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23665
23666 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23667 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23668 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23669
23670 `(* SEXP ...)'
23671 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23672 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23673
23674 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23675 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23676 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23677
23678 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23679 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23680 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23681
23682 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23683 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23684
23685 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23686 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23687
23688 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23689 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23690 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23691 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23692
23693 `(? SEXP ...)'
23694 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23695
23696 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23697 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23698
23699 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23700 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23701 matches N occurrences.
23702
23703 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23704 matches N or more occurrences.
23705
23706 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23707 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23708 matches N to M occurrences.
23709
23710 `(backref N)'
23711 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23712
23713 `(eval FORM)'
23714 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23715 `regexp-quote' it.
23716
23717 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23718 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23719
23720 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23721
23722 ;;;***
23723 \f
23724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21187 63826
23725 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23726 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23727 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23728
23729 ;;;***
23730 \f
23731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21255 13756 851229
23732 ;;;;;; 0))
23733 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23734 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23735
23736 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23737 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23738 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23740 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23741 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23742
23743 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23744
23745 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23746 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23748 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23749 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23750
23751 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23752 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23753 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23754 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23755
23756 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23757 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23758 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23759
23760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23761
23762 ;;;***
23763 \f
23764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21187 63826
23765 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23766 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23767
23768 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23769 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23770 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23771
23772 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23773 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23774 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23775 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23776 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23777 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23778 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23779 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23780
23781 Commands:
23782 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23783 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23784 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23785
23786 \(fn)" t nil)
23787
23788 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23789 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23790 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23791
23792 Commands:
23793 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23794 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23795 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23796 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23797 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23798 that variable's value is a string.
23799
23800 \(fn)" t nil)
23801
23802 ;;;***
23803 \f
23804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21187 63826
23805 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23806 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23807
23808 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23809 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23810 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23811
23812 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23813
23814 \(fn)" t nil)
23815
23816 ;;;***
23817 \f
23818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21187 63826 213216
23819 ;;;;;; 0))
23820 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23821
23822 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23823 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23824 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23826 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23827 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23828
23829 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23830
23831 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23832 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23834 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23835 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23836
23837 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23838 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23839
23840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23841
23842 ;;;***
23843 \f
23844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21240 46395
23845 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23846 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23847
23848 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23849 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23850 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23851 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23852 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23853 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23854 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23855 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23856
23857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23858
23859 ;;;***
23860 \f
23861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21256 34613 967717
23862 ;;;;;; 0))
23863 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23864 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23865 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23866
23867 ;;;***
23868 \f
23869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21187 63826
23870 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
23871 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23872 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23873
23874 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23875 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23876 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23877
23878 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23879 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23880 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23881 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23882 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23883 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23884 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23885 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23886 keybinding for tag names.
23887 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23888 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23889 of the symbol under point.
23890 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23891 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23892 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23893 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23894 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23895 syntax tokens.
23896 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23897
23898 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23899
23900 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23901 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23902 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23903 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23904 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23905 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23906
23907 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23908
23909 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23910 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23911 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23912 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23913 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23914
23915 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23916 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23917 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23918 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23919 Semantic mode.
23920
23921 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23922
23923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23924
23925 ;;;***
23926 \f
23927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23928 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23929 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23930
23931 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23932 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23933
23934 \(fn)" t nil)
23935
23936 ;;;***
23937 \f
23938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23939 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
23940 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23941
23942 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23943 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23944
23945 \(fn)" t nil)
23946
23947 ;;;***
23948 \f
23949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21240 46395
23950 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
23951 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23952
23953 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23954 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23955
23956 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23957 king@grassland.com
23958 If `parens', they look like:
23959 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23960 If `angles', they look like:
23961 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23962
23963 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23964 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23965
23966 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23967
23968 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23969 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23970 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23971 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23972
23973 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23974 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23975 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23976 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23977
23978 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23979
23980 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23981 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23982 This is done when the message is initialized,
23983 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23984
23985 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23986
23987 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23988 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23989 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23990
23991 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23992
23993 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23994 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23995 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23996 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23997 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23998 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23999 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24000
24001 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24002
24003 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24004 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24005
24006 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24007
24008 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24009 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24010 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24011 be a Babyl file.")
24012
24013 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24014
24015 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24016 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24017 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24018 when you first send mail.")
24019
24020 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24021
24022 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24023 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24024 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24025 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24026 This file need not actually exist.")
24027
24028 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24029
24030 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24031 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24032
24033 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24034
24035 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24036 Alist of mail address aliases,
24037 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24038 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24039 can specify a different file name.)
24040 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24041 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24042
24043 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24044 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24045 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24046
24047 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24048
24049 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24050 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24051 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24052
24053 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24054
24055 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24056 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24057 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24058 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24059 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24060 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24061 in the cited portion of the message.
24062
24063 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24064 instead of no action.")
24065
24066 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24067
24068 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24069 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24070 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24071 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24072 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24073
24074 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24075
24076 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24077 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24078 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24079 If a string, that string is inserted.
24080 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24081 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24082 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24083 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24084
24085 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24086
24087 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24088 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24089
24090 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24091
24092 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24093 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24094 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24095
24096 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24097 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24098
24099 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24100
24101 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24102 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24103 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24104 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24105
24106 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24107
24108 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24109 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24110 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24111
24112 \(fn)" nil nil)
24113
24114 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24115
24116 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24117
24118
24119 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24120
24121 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24122 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24123 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24124
24125 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24126 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24127
24128 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24129 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24130 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24131 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24132 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24133 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24134 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24135 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24136 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24137 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24138 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24139 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24140 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24141 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24142
24143 \(fn)" t nil)
24144
24145 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24146 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24147 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24148 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24149
24150 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24151
24152 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24153 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24154 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24155 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24156 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24157 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24158
24159 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24160 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24161 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24162
24163 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24164 User should not set this variable manually,
24165 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24166 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24167 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24168
24169 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24170 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24171 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24172 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24173
24174 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24175 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24176
24177 \\<mail-mode-map>
24178 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24179
24180 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24181 to move to message header fields:
24182 \\{mail-mode-map}
24183
24184 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24185 when the message is initialized.
24186
24187 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24188 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24189
24190 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24191 is inserted.
24192
24193 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24194 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24195
24196 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24197 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24198 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24199 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24200 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24201 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24202 buffer without erasing the contents.
24203
24204 The second through fifth arguments,
24205 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24206 the initial contents of those header fields.
24207 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24208 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24209 original message being replied to, or else an action
24210 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24211 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24212 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24213 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24214 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24215 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24216
24217 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24218
24219 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24220 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24221
24222 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24223
24224 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24225 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24226
24227 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24228
24229 ;;;***
24230 \f
24231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24232 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24233
24234 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24235
24236 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24237
24238 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24239
24240 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24241 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24242 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24243 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24244 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24245 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24246
24247 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24248 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24249
24250 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24251 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24252 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24253
24254 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24255 \\[server-start].
24256
24257 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24258
24259 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24260 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24261 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24262 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24263
24264 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24265
24266 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24267 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24268 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24271 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24272
24273 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24274
24275 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24276 Toggle Server mode.
24277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24279 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24280
24281 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24282 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24283 `server-start' for details.
24284
24285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24286
24287 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24288 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24289 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24290
24291 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24292 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24293
24294 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24295
24296 ;;;***
24297 \f
24298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21220 61111 156047 0))
24299 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24300
24301 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24302 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24303
24304 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24305 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24306 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24307 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24308 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24309
24310 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24311 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24312 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24313 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24314 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24315 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24316
24317 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24318 displayed.
24319
24320 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24321 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24322 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24323
24324 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24325 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24326
24327 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24328 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24329
24330 \\{ses-mode-map}
24331 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24332 part):
24333 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24334 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24335 formula:
24336 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24337
24338 \(fn)" t nil)
24339
24340 ;;;***
24341 \f
24342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21240
24343 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
24344 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24345
24346 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24347 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24348 Makes > match <.
24349 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24350 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24351
24352 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24353 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24354 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24355
24356 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24357 in your init file.
24358
24359 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24360
24361 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24362 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24363 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24364
24365 \(fn)" t nil)
24366
24367 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24368 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24369 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24370 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24371 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24372 which this is based.
24373
24374 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24375
24376 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24377 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24378 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24379 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24380
24381 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24382 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24383 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24384
24385 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24386 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24387 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24388 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24389
24390 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24391 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24392 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24393 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24394
24395 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24396
24397 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24398 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24399 To work around that, do:
24400 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24401
24402 \\{html-mode-map}
24403
24404 \(fn)" t nil)
24405
24406 ;;;***
24407 \f
24408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21240
24409 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
24410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24411 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24412 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24413
24414 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24415 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24416 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24417 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24418 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24419 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24420
24421 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24422 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24423 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24424 shell-specific features.
24425
24426 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24427 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24428 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24429 \\<sh-mode-map>
24430 \\[sh-case] case statement
24431 \\[sh-for] for loop
24432 \\[sh-function] function definition
24433 \\[sh-if] if statement
24434 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24435 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24436 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24437 \\[sh-select] select loop
24438 \\[sh-until] until loop
24439 \\[sh-while] while loop
24440
24441 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24442 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24443 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24444 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24445 would indent to the way it currently is.
24446 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24447 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24448
24449
24450 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24451 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24452 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24453 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24454 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24455 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24456
24457 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24458 unquoted < insert a here document.
24459
24460 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24461 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24462 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24463
24464 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24465 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24466
24467 \(fn)" t nil)
24468
24469 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24470
24471 ;;;***
24472 \f
24473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21187 63826
24474 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24476
24477 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24478 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24479
24480 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24481 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24482 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24483
24484 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24485 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24486 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24487 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24488 the earlier.
24489
24490 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24491
24492 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24493
24494 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24495 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24496 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24497
24498 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24499 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24500
24501 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24502 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24503 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24504 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24505 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24506 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24507 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24508 Emacs version).
24509
24510 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24511 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24512 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24513 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24514 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24515
24516 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24517 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24518
24519 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24520
24521 ;;;***
24522 \f
24523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21222 16439 978802
24524 ;;;;;; 0))
24525 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24526
24527 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24528 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24529 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24530 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24531 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24532 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24533 sites in the cluster.
24534
24535 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24536
24537 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24538 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24539 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24540 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24541 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24542
24543 \(fn)" t nil)
24544
24545 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24546 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24547 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24548 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24549 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24550 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24551 `shadow-define-cluster').
24552
24553 \(fn)" t nil)
24554
24555 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24556 Set up file shadowing.
24557
24558 \(fn)" t nil)
24559
24560 ;;;***
24561 \f
24562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24563 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24564
24565 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24566 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24567 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24568 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24569 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24570 arguments.")
24571
24572 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24573
24574 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24575 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24576 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24577 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24578 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24579
24580 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24581 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24582 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24583 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24584 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24585 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24586 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24587 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24588 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24589 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24590 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24591
24592 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24593 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24594 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24595 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24596 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24597 `default-process-coding-system'.
24598
24599 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24600 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24601 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24602 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24603
24604 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24605
24606 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24607
24608 ;;;***
24609 \f
24610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21264 60073 653706 828000))
24611 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24612
24613 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24614 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24615
24616 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24617
24618 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24619 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24620 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24621 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24622
24623 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24624
24625 ;;;***
24626 \f
24627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21187 63826 213216
24628 ;;;;;; 0))
24629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24630
24631 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24632
24633
24634 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24635
24636 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24637
24638
24639 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24640
24641 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24642
24643
24644 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24645
24646 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24647
24648
24649 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24650
24651 ;;;***
24652 \f
24653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21187 63826
24654 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24656
24657 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24658 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24659 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24660 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24661 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24662
24663 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24664
24665 \(fn)" t nil)
24666
24667 ;;;***
24668 \f
24669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21187 63826
24670 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24672
24673 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24674 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24675 \\{simula-mode-map}
24676 Variables controlling indentation style:
24677 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24678 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24679 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24680 `simula-indent-level'
24681 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24682 `simula-substatement-offset'
24683 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24684 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24685 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24686 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24687 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24688 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24689 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24690 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24691 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24692 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24693 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24694 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24695 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24696 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24697 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24698 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24699 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24700 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24701 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24702 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24703 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24704 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24705 or nil if they should not be changed.
24706 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24707 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24708 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24709 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24710
24711 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24712 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24713
24714 \(fn)" t nil)
24715
24716 ;;;***
24717 \f
24718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21240 46395 727291
24719 ;;;;;; 0))
24720 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24721
24722 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24723 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24724
24725 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24726 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24727 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24728 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24729
24730 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24731
24732 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24733
24734 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24735 Insert SKELETON.
24736 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24737 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24738 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24739 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24740 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24741
24742 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24743 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24744
24745 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24746
24747 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24748 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24749
24750 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24751 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24752 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24753 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24754
24755 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24756 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24757 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24758 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24759
24760 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24761 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24762 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24763
24764 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24765 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24766
24767 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24768 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24769
24770 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24771 _ interesting point, interregion here
24772 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24773 interesting point set by _
24774 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24775 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24776 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24777 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24778 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24779 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24780 nil skipped
24781
24782 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24783 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24784
24785 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24786 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24787 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24788 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24789 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24790 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24791 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24792 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24793
24794 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24795 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24796 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24797 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24798 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24799 available:
24800
24801 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24802 then: insert previously read string once more
24803 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24804 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24805 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24806
24807 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24808 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24809
24810 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24811
24812 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24813 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24814
24815 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24816 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24817 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24818 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24819 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24820 such as backslash.
24821
24822 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24823 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24824 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24825
24826 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24827
24828 ;;;***
24829 \f
24830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21187 63826
24831 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24832 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24833
24834 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24835 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24836 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24837 buffer names.
24838
24839 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24840
24841 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24842 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24843 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24844 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24845 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24846 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24847
24848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24849
24850 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24851 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24852 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24853
24854 \(fn)" t nil)
24855
24856 ;;;***
24857 \f
24858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21187 63826 213216
24859 ;;;;;; 0))
24860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24861
24862 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24863 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24864 A list of images is returned.
24865
24866 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24867
24868 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24869 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24870 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24871
24872 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24873
24874 ;;;***
24875 \f
24876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21187 63826
24877 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24878 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24879
24880 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24881
24882
24883 \(fn)" nil nil)
24884
24885 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24886 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24887
24888 \(fn)" t nil)
24889
24890 ;;;***
24891 \f
24892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21187 63826 213216
24893 ;;;;;; 0))
24894 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24895
24896 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24897 Play the Snake game.
24898 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24899
24900 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24901
24902 Snake mode keybindings:
24903 \\<snake-mode-map>
24904 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24905 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24906 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24907 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24908 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24909 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24910 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24911
24912 \(fn)" t nil)
24913
24914 ;;;***
24915 \f
24916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21187 63826
24917 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24918 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24919
24920 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24921 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24922 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24923 Tab indents for C code.
24924 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24925 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24926 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24927 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24928 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24929
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24931
24932 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24933 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24934 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24935 Tab indents for C code.
24936 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24937 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24938 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24939 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24940 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24941
24942 \(fn)" t nil)
24943
24944 ;;;***
24945 \f
24946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21187 63826 213216
24947 ;;;;;; 0))
24948 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24949
24950 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24951 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24952 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24953 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24954 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24955
24956 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24957
24958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24959
24960 ;;;***
24961 \f
24962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21187 63826
24963 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
24964 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24965
24966 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24967 Play Solitaire.
24968
24969 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24970 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24971 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24972 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24973 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24974 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24975 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24976 check after each move or undo.)
24977
24978 What is Solitaire?
24979
24980 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24981 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24982 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24983
24984 Le Solitaire
24985 ============
24986
24987 o o o
24988
24989 o o o
24990
24991 o o o o o o o
24992
24993 o o o . o o o
24994
24995 o o o o o o o
24996
24997 o o o
24998
24999 o o o
25000
25001 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25002 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25003 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25004 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25005
25006 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25007 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25008 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25009 this: o o .
25010
25011 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25012 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25013
25014 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25015
25016 o o o
25017
25018 . o o
25019
25020 o o . o o o o
25021
25022 o . o o o o o
25023
25024 o o o o o o o
25025
25026 o o o
25027
25028 o o o
25029
25030 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25031
25032 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25033
25034 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25035
25036 ;;;***
25037 \f
25038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
25039 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25040 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25041
25042 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25043 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25044
25045 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25046 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25047 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25048 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25049 contiguous.
25050
25051 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25052 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25053 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25054 the sort order.
25055
25056 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25057 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25058
25059 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25060 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25061 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25062 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25063 is called.
25064
25065 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25066 It should move point to the end of the record.
25067
25068 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25069 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25070 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25071 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25072 starts at the beginning of the record.
25073
25074 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25075 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25076 same as ENDRECFUN.
25077
25078 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25079 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25080 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25081 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25082 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25083 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25084 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25085
25086 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25087
25088 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25089 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25090 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25091 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25092 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25093 the sort order.
25094
25095 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25096
25097 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25098 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25099 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25100 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25101 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25102 the sort order.
25103
25104 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25105
25106 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25107 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25108 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25109 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25110 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25111 the sort order.
25112
25113 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25114 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25115
25116 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25117 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25118 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25119 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25120 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25121 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25122 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25123 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25124 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25125
25126 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25127
25128 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25129 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25130 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25131 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25132 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25133 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25134 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25135 the sort order.
25136
25137 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25138
25139 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25140 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25141 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25142 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25143
25144 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25145 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25146
25147 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25148 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25149 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25150 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25151 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25152 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25153 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25154 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25155
25156 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25157
25158 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25159 the sort order.
25160
25161 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25162 starting with the letter \"f\",
25163 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25164
25165 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25166
25167 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25168 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25169 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25170 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25171 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25172 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25173 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25174 the sort order.
25175
25176 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25177 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25178 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25179 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25180 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25181
25182 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25183
25184 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25185 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25186 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25187
25188 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25189
25190 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25191 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25192 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25193 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25194 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25195 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25196 each repeated line.
25197
25198 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25199 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25200 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25201 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25202
25203 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25204 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25205
25206 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25207 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25208
25209 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25210
25211 ;;;***
25212 \f
25213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21227 851 585414 0))
25214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25215
25216 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25217 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25218 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25219 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25220 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25221 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25222
25223 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25224
25225 ;;;***
25226 \f
25227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21187
25228 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
25229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25230
25231 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25232 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25233
25234 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25235 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25236 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25237
25238 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25239
25240 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25241 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25242 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25243 server.
25244
25245 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25246
25247 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25248 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25249 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25250
25251 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25252
25253 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25254 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25255 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25256 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25257 Agent is plugged.
25258
25259 \(fn)" t nil)
25260
25261 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25262 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25263 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25264 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25265
25266 \(fn)" t nil)
25267
25268 ;;;***
25269 \f
25270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21220 61111 156047
25271 ;;;;;; 0))
25272 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25273
25274 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25275
25276 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25277 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25278 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25279 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25280 supported at a time.
25281 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25282 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25283
25284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25285
25286 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25287 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25288 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25289 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25290
25291 \(fn)" t nil)
25292
25293 ;;;***
25294 \f
25295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21240 46395 727291
25296 ;;;;;; 0))
25297 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25298
25299 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25300 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25301
25302 \(fn)" t nil)
25303
25304 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25305 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25306
25307 \(fn)" nil nil)
25308
25309 ;;;***
25310 \f
25311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21263 60346 30834
25312 ;;;;;; 928000))
25313 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25314 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25315
25316 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25317 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25318
25319 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25320 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25321 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25322 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25323 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25324 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25325 of the current highlighting list.
25326
25327 For example:
25328
25329 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25330 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25331
25332 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25333 `_t' as data types.
25334
25335 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25336
25337 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25338 Major mode to edit SQL.
25339
25340 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25341 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25342 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25343
25344 \\{sql-mode-map}
25345 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25346
25347 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25348 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25349 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25350 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25351 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25352 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25353
25354 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25355 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25356
25357 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25358 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25359 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25360
25361 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25362 (lambda ()
25363 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25364
25365 \(fn)" t nil)
25366
25367 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25368 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25369
25370 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25371 their settings.
25372
25373 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25374 is specified in the connection settings.
25375
25376 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25377
25378 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25379 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25380
25381 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25382 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25383
25384 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25385 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25386 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25387 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25388
25389 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25390
25391 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25392
25393 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25394 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25395
25396 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25397 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25398 `*SQL*'.
25399
25400 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25401 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25402 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25403 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25404
25405 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25406 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25407
25408 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25409 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25410 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25411 buffer.
25412
25413 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25414 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25415 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25416 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25417 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25418 `default-process-coding-system'.
25419
25420 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25421
25422 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25423
25424 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25425 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25426
25427 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25428 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25429 `*SQL*'.
25430
25431 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25432 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25433 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25434 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25435
25436 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25437 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25438
25439 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25440 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25441 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25442 buffer.
25443
25444 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25445 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25446 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25447 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25448 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25449 `default-process-coding-system'.
25450
25451 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25452
25453 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25454
25455 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25456 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25457
25458 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25459 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25460 `*SQL*'.
25461
25462 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25463 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25464
25465 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25466 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25467
25468 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25469 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25470 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25471 buffer.
25472
25473 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25474 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25475 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25476 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25477 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25478 `default-process-coding-system'.
25479
25480 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25481
25482 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25483
25484 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25485 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25486
25487 SQLite is free software.
25488
25489 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25490 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25491 `*SQL*'.
25492
25493 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25494 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25495 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25496 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25497
25498 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25499 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25500
25501 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25502 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25503 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25504 buffer.
25505
25506 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25507 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25508 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25509 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25510 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25511 `default-process-coding-system'.
25512
25513 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25514
25515 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25516
25517 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25518 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25519
25520 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25521
25522 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25523 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25524 `*SQL*'.
25525
25526 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25527 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25528 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25529 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25530
25531 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25532 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25533
25534 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25535 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25536 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25537 buffer.
25538
25539 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25540 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25541 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25542 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25543 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25544 `default-process-coding-system'.
25545
25546 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25547
25548 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25549
25550 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25551 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25552
25553 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25554 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25555 `*SQL*'.
25556
25557 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25558 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25559 defaults, if set.
25560
25561 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25562 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25563
25564 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25565 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25566 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25567 buffer.
25568
25569 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25570 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25571 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25572 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25573 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25574 `default-process-coding-system'.
25575
25576 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25577
25578 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25579
25580 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25581 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25582
25583 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25584 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25585 `*SQL*'.
25586
25587 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25588 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25589
25590 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25591 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25592
25593 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25594 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25595 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25596 buffer.
25597
25598 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25599 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25600 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25601 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25602 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25603 `default-process-coding-system'.
25604
25605 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25606
25607 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25608
25609 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25610 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25611
25612 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25613 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25614 `*SQL*'.
25615
25616 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25617 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25618 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25619 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25620
25621 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25622 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25623
25624 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25625 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25626 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25627 buffer.
25628
25629 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25630 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25631 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25632 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25633 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25634 `default-process-coding-system'.
25635
25636 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25637
25638 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25639
25640 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25641 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25642
25643 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25644 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25645 `*SQL*'.
25646
25647 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25648 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25649 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25650 `sql-postgres-options'.
25651
25652 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25653 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25654
25655 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25656 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25657 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25658 buffer.
25659
25660 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25661 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25662 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25663 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25664 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25665 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25666 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25667 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25668
25669 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25670 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25671
25672 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25673
25674 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25675
25676 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25677 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25678
25679 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25680 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25681 `*SQL*'.
25682
25683 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25684 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25685 defaults, if set.
25686
25687 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25688 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25689
25690 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25691 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25692 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25693 buffer.
25694
25695 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25696 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25697 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25698 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25699 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25700 `default-process-coding-system'.
25701
25702 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25703
25704 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25705
25706 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25707 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25708
25709 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25710 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25711 `*SQL*'.
25712
25713 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25714 automatic login.
25715
25716 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25717 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25718
25719 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25720 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25721 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25722 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25723
25724 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25725 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25726 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25727 buffer.
25728
25729 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25730 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25731 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25732 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25733 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25734 `default-process-coding-system'.
25735
25736 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25737
25738 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25739
25740 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25741 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25742
25743 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25744 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25745 `*SQL*'.
25746
25747 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25748 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25749 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25750 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25751 parameters.
25752
25753 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25754 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25755 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25756 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25757 an empty password.
25758
25759 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25760 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25761
25762 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25763 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25764 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25765 buffer.
25766
25767 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25768
25769 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25770
25771 ;;;***
25772 \f
25773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21187 63826 213216
25774 ;;;;;; 0))
25775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25776 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25777
25778 ;;;***
25779 \f
25780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25781 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
25782 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25783
25784 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25785 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25786
25787 \(fn)" t nil)
25788
25789 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25790
25791 ;;;***
25792 \f
25793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21187 63826
25794 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
25795 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25796
25797 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25798 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25799 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25800 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25801 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25802 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25803 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25804 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25805 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25806 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25807 with any buffer
25808 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25809 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25810 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25811 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25812
25813 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25814
25815 ;;;***
25816 \f
25817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21240 46395 727291
25818 ;;;;;; 0))
25819 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25820
25821 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25822 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25823 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25824 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25825 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25826 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25827
25828 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25829
25830 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25831
25832 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25833 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25834 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25835 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25836 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25837 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25838 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25839
25840 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25841
25842 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25843 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25844 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25845 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25846 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25847 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25848 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25849
25850 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25851
25852 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25853 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25854 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25855
25856 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25857
25858 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25859 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25860 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25861
25862 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25863
25864 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25865 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25866
25867 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25868
25869 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25870 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25871
25872 \(fn)" t nil)
25873
25874 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25875 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25876
25877 \(fn)" t nil)
25878
25879 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25880 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25881 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25882 chronologically by command name.
25883 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25884
25885 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25886
25887 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25888 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25889 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25890 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25891 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25892 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25893
25894 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25895
25896 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25897 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25899 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25900 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25901
25902 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25903 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25904 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25905 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25906 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25907
25908 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25909 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25910 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25911 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25912
25913 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25914
25915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25916
25917 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25918 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25919 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25920 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25921
25922 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25923
25924 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25925 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25926
25927 \(fn)" t nil)
25928
25929 ;;;***
25930 \f
25931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21240 46395 727291
25932 ;;;;;; 0))
25933 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25934
25935 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25936 Studlify-case the region.
25937
25938 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25939
25940 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25941 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25942
25943 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25944
25945 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25946 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25947
25948 \(fn)" t nil)
25949
25950 ;;;***
25951 \f
25952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21193 16180
25953 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
25954 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25955
25956 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25957 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25958 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25959 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25960 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25961
25962 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25963 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25964 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25965 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25966
25967 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25968 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25969 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25970
25971 Nomenclature Subwords
25972 ===========================================================
25973 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25974 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25975 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25976
25977 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25978 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25979 as words.
25980
25981 \\{subword-mode-map}
25982
25983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25984
25985 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25986 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25987 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25988 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25989 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25990 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25991
25992 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25993
25994 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25995 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25996 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25997 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25998 ARG is omitted or nil.
25999
26000 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26001 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26002 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26003
26004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26005
26006 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26007 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26008 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26009 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26010 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26011
26012 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
26013 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
26014 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
26015
26016 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26017 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26018 edit them as words.
26019
26020 \\{superword-mode-map}
26021
26022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26023
26024 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26025 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26026 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26028 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26029 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26030
26031 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26032
26033 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26034 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26035 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26036 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26037 ARG is omitted or nil.
26038
26039 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26040 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26041 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26042
26043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26044
26045 ;;;***
26046 \f
26047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21240 46395
26048 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
26049 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26050
26051 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26052 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26053 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26054 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26055 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26056 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26057 original message but it does require a few things:
26058
26059 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26060
26061 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26062 reply buffer.
26063
26064 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26065 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26066 original message.
26067
26068 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26069
26070 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26071
26072 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26073 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26074 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26075
26076 \(fn)" nil nil)
26077
26078 ;;;***
26079 \f
26080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21240 46395 727291
26081 ;;;;;; 0))
26082 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26083
26084 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26085
26086 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26087 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26088 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26091 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26092
26093 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26094
26095 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26096 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26098 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26099 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26100
26101 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26102 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26103 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26104
26105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26106
26107 ;;;***
26108 \f
26109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26110 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26111
26112 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26113 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26114 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26115 buffer.
26116
26117 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26118 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26119 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26120
26121 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26122
26123 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26124 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26125 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26126 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26127 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26128 buffer.
26129
26130 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26131 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26132 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26133
26134 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26135
26136 ;;;***
26137 \f
26138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21194 37048 599945
26139 ;;;;;; 0))
26140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26141
26142 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26143 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26144 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26145
26146 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26147
26148 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26149 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26150
26151 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26152
26153 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26154 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26155
26156 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26157
26158 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26159 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26160
26161 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26162
26163 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26164 Insert an editable text table.
26165 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26166 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26167 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26168 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26169 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26170 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26171 delimiting them.
26172
26173 Examples:
26174
26175 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26176
26177 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26178 location of point.
26179
26180 -!-
26181
26182 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26183 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26184 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26185 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26186 first cell.
26187
26188 +-----+-----+-----+
26189 |-!- | | |
26190 +-----+-----+-----+
26191
26192 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26193
26194 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26195 width, which results as
26196
26197 +--------------+-----+-----+
26198 |-!- | | |
26199 +--------------+-----+-----+
26200
26201 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26202 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26203
26204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26205 | | |-!- |
26206 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26207
26208 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26209 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26210 width information to `table-insert'.
26211
26212 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26213
26214 instead of
26215
26216 Cell width(s): 5
26217
26218 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26219 work all together.
26220
26221 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26222 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26223
26224 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26225 |-!- | | |
26226 | | | |
26227 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26228
26229 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26230
26231 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26232 |-!- | | |
26233 | | | |
26234 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26235 | | | |
26236 | | | |
26237 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26238
26239 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26240
26241 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26242 | | | |
26243 | | | |
26244 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26245 | | | |
26246 | | | |
26247 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26248 -!-
26249
26250 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26251 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26252 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26253
26254 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26255 | | | |
26256 | | | |
26257 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26258 | | | |
26259 | | | |
26260 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26261 |-!- | | |
26262 | | | |
26263 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26264
26265 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26266 results.
26267
26268 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26269 | | | |
26270 | | | |
26271 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26272 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26273 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26274 | | |expected results.-!- |
26275 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26276 | | | |
26277 | | | |
26278 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26279
26280 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26281
26282 \\{table-cell-map}
26283
26284 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26285
26286 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26287 Insert N table row(s).
26288 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26289 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26290 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26291 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26292
26293 \(fn N)" t nil)
26294
26295 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26296 Insert N table column(s).
26297 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26298 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26299 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26300 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26301
26302 \(fn N)" t nil)
26303
26304 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26305 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26306 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26307
26308 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26309
26310 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26311 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26312 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26313 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26314 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26315 all the table specific features.
26316
26317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26318
26319 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26320
26321
26322 \(fn)" t nil)
26323
26324 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26325 Recognize all tables within region.
26326 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26327 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26328 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26329 specific features.
26330
26331 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26332
26333 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26334
26335
26336 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26337
26338 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26339 Recognize a table at point.
26340 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26341 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26342 the table specific features.
26343
26344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26345
26346 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26347
26348
26349 \(fn)" t nil)
26350
26351 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26352 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26353 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26354 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26355 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26356 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26357 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26358
26359 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26360
26361 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26362
26363
26364 \(fn)" t nil)
26365
26366 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26367 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26368 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26369 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26370 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26371 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26372 specified.
26373
26374 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26375
26376 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26377 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26378 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26379 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26380 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26381 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26382 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26383 table structure.
26384
26385 \(fn N)" t nil)
26386
26387 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26388 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26389 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26390 table's rectangle structure.
26391
26392 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26393
26394 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26395 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26396 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26397 table's rectangle structure.
26398
26399 \(fn N)" t nil)
26400
26401 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26402 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26403 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26404 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26405 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26406
26407 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26408
26409 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26410 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26411 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26412
26413 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26414 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26415 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26416 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26417 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26418 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26419 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26420
26421 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26422 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26423 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26424 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26425 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26426 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26427 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26428
26429 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26430 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26431 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26432 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26433 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26434 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26435 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26436 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26437
26438 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26439
26440 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26441 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26442 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26443 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26444
26445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26446
26447 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26448 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26449 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26450
26451 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26452
26453 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26454 Split current cell vertically.
26455 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26456
26457 \(fn)" t nil)
26458
26459 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26460 Split current cell horizontally.
26461 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26462
26463 \(fn)" t nil)
26464
26465 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26466 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26467 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26468
26469 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26470
26471 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26472 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26473 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26474 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26475
26476 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26477
26478 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26479 Justify cell contents.
26480 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26481 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26482 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26483 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26484
26485 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26486
26487 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26488 Justify cells of a row.
26489 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26490 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26491
26492 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26493
26494 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26495 Justify cells of a column.
26496 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26497 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26498
26499 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26500
26501 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26502 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26503 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26504 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26505 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26506 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26507 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26508 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26509 run-time.
26510
26511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26512
26513 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26514 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26515 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26516 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26517 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26518 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26519 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26520 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26521 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26522 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26523 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26524
26525 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26526
26527 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26528 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26529 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26530 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26531 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26532 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26533 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26534 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26535 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26536 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26537 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26538 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26539 untouched.
26540
26541 References used for this implementation:
26542
26543 HTML:
26544 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26545
26546 LaTeX:
26547 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26548
26549 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26550 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26551 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26552
26553 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26554
26555 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26556 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26557 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26558 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26559 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26560 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26561 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26562 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26563 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26564 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26565 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26566 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26567 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26568 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26569 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26570 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26571 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26572
26573 Example:
26574
26575 (progn
26576 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26577 (table-forward-cell 15)
26578 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26579 (table-forward-cell 16)
26580 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26581 (table-forward-cell 1)
26582 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26583
26584 (progn
26585 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26586 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26587 (table-forward-cell 1)
26588 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26589
26590 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26591
26592 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26593 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26594 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26595 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26596 consists from cells of same height.
26597
26598 \(fn N)" t nil)
26599
26600 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26601 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26602 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26603 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26604 column must consists from cells of same width.
26605
26606 \(fn N)" t nil)
26607
26608 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26609 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26610 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26611 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26612 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26613 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26614 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26615 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26616 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26617 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26618 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26619 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26620 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26621 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26622 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26623
26624
26625 Example 1:
26626
26627 1, 2, 3, 4
26628 5, 6, 7, 8
26629 , 9, 10
26630
26631 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26632 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26633 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26634 specified as 5.
26635
26636 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26637 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26638 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26639 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26640 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26641 | | 9 | 10 | |
26642 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26643
26644 Note:
26645
26646 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26647 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26648 of each row is optional.
26649
26650
26651 Example 2:
26652
26653 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26654 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26655 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26656 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26657 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26658
26659 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26660 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26661
26662 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26663 expression and raw delimiter regular
26664 expression, it parses the specified text
26665 area and extracts cell items from
26666 non-table text and then forms a table out
26667 of them.
26668
26669 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26670 creates a single cell table. The text in
26671 the specified region is placed in that
26672 cell.-*-
26673
26674 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26675 like this.
26676
26677 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26678 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26679 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26680 | |
26681 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26682 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26683 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26684 | area and extracts cell items from |
26685 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26686 | of them. |
26687 | |
26688 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26689 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26690 | the specified region is placed in that |
26691 | cell. |
26692 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26693
26694 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26695 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26696 independently.
26697
26698 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26699 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26700 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26701 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26702 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26703 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26704 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26705 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26706 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26707 | |of them. |
26708 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26709 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26710 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26711 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26712 | |cell. |
26713 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26714
26715 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26716 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26717 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26718
26719 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26720
26721 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26722 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26723 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26724 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26725 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26726
26727 \(fn)" t nil)
26728
26729 ;;;***
26730 \f
26731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26732 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26733
26734 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26735 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26736
26737 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26738
26739 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26740 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26741
26742 \(fn)" t nil)
26743
26744 ;;;***
26745 \f
26746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
26747 ;;;;;; 0))
26748 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26749
26750 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26751 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26752 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26753 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26754 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26755 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26756 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26757
26758 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26759 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26760 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26761 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26762
26763 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26764 \\{tar-mode-map}
26765
26766 \(fn)" t nil)
26767
26768 ;;;***
26769 \f
26770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21240 46395 727291
26771 ;;;;;; 0))
26772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26773
26774 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26775 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26776 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26777 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26778 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26779 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26780
26781 Variables controlling indentation style:
26782 `tcl-indent-level'
26783 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26784 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26785 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26786
26787 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26788 documentation for details):
26789 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26790 Controls action of TAB key.
26791 `tcl-auto-newline'
26792 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26793 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26794 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26795 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26796 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26797
26798 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26799 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26800 already exist.
26801
26802 \(fn)" t nil)
26803
26804 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26805 Run inferior Tcl process.
26806 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26807 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26808
26809 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26810
26811 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26812 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26813 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26814
26815 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26816
26817 ;;;***
26818 \f
26819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21240 46395 727291
26820 ;;;;;; 0))
26821 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26822
26823 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26824 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26825 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26826 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26827
26828 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26829 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26830 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26831 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26832 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26833
26834 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26835
26836 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26837 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26838 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26839 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26840
26841 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26842
26843 ;;;***
26844 \f
26845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21215 43189 822371 0))
26846 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26847
26848 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26849 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26850 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26851 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26852 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26853 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26854
26855 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26856
26857 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26858 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26859 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26860 commands to use in that buffer.
26861
26862 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26863
26864 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26865
26866 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26867 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26868
26869 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26870
26871 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26872 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26873 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26874 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26875 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26876 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26877 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26878 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26879 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26880 use in that buffer.
26881 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26882
26883 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26884
26885 ;;;***
26886 \f
26887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21187
26888 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
26889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26890
26891 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26892 Start coverage on function under point.
26893
26894 \(fn)" t nil)
26895
26896 ;;;***
26897 \f
26898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21187 63826 213216
26899 ;;;;;; 0))
26900 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26901 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26902
26903 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26904 Play the Tetris game.
26905 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26906 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26907 as to form complete rows.
26908
26909 tetris-mode keybindings:
26910 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26911 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26912 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26913 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26914 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26915 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26916 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26917 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26918 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26919
26920 \(fn)" t nil)
26921
26922 ;;;***
26923 \f
26924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21240 46395
26925 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
26926 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26927
26928 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26929 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26930
26931 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26932
26933 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26934 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26935 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26936 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26937 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26938
26939 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26940
26941 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26942 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26943 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26944 if it matches the first line of the file,
26945 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26946
26947 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26948
26949 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26950 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26951 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26952 if the variable is non-nil.")
26953
26954 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26955
26956 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26957 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26958
26959 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26960
26961 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26962 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26963 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26964 See the documentation of that variable.")
26965
26966 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26967
26968 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26969 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26970 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26971 See the documentation of that variable.")
26972
26973 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26974
26975 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26976 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26977 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26978 See the documentation of that variable.")
26979
26980 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26981
26982 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26983 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26984 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26985 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26986 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26987
26988 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26989
26990 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26991 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26992 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26993 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26994
26995 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26996
26997 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26998 User defined LaTeX block names.
26999 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27000
27001 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27002
27003 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27004 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27005 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27006 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27007
27008 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27009
27010 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27011 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27012 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27013 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27014
27015 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27016
27017 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27018 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27019 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27020 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27021
27022 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27023 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27024 for example,
27025
27026 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27027 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27028
27029 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27030 use.")
27031
27032 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27033
27034 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27035 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27036 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27037 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27038 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27039
27040 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27041
27042 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27043
27044 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27045 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27046 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27047
27048 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27049
27050 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27051 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27052 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27053 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27054 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27055
27056 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27057
27058 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27059 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27060
27061 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27062
27063 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27064 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27065
27066 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27067
27068 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27069 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27070 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27071 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27072 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27073 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27074 says which mode to use.
27075
27076 \(fn)" t nil)
27077
27078 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27079
27080 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27081
27082 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27083
27084 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27085 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27086 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27087 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27088 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27089
27090 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27091 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27092 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27093 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27094 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27095 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27096 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27097
27098 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27099 mismatched $'s or braces.
27100
27101 Special commands:
27102 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27103
27104 Mode variables:
27105 tex-run-command
27106 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27107 tex-directory
27108 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27109 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27110 tex-dvi-print-command
27111 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27112 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27113 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27114 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27115 tex-dvi-view-command
27116 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27117 tex-show-queue-command
27118 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27119 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27120
27121 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27122 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27123 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27124
27125 \(fn)" t nil)
27126
27127 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27128 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27129 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27130 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27131 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27132
27133 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27134 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27135 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27136 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27137 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27138 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27139 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27140
27141 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27142 mismatched $'s or braces.
27143
27144 Special commands:
27145 \\{latex-mode-map}
27146
27147 Mode variables:
27148 latex-run-command
27149 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27150 tex-directory
27151 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27152 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27153 tex-dvi-print-command
27154 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27155 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27156 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27157 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27158 tex-dvi-view-command
27159 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27160 tex-show-queue-command
27161 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27162 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27163
27164 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27165 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27166 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27167
27168 \(fn)" t nil)
27169
27170 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27171 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27172 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27173 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27174 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27175
27176 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27177 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27178 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27179 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27180 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27181 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27182 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27183
27184 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27185 mismatched $'s or braces.
27186
27187 Special commands:
27188 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27189
27190 Mode variables:
27191 slitex-run-command
27192 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27193 tex-directory
27194 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27195 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27196 tex-dvi-print-command
27197 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27198 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27199 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27200 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27201 tex-dvi-view-command
27202 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27203 tex-show-queue-command
27204 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27205 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27206
27207 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27208 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27209 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27210 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27211
27212 \(fn)" t nil)
27213
27214 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27215
27216
27217 \(fn)" nil nil)
27218
27219 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27220 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27221
27222 \(fn)" t nil)
27223
27224 ;;;***
27225 \f
27226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21187 63826
27227 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27228 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27229
27230 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27231 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27232 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27233 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27234
27235 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27236 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27237 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27238
27239 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27240
27241 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27242 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27243 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27244 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27245 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27246
27247 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27248
27249 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27250 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27251 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27252 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27253
27254 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27255 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27256 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27257 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27258
27259 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27260 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27261
27262 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27263
27264 ;;;***
27265 \f
27266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21240 46395
27267 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
27268 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27269
27270 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27271 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27272
27273 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27274
27275 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27276 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27277
27278 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27279
27280 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27281 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27282
27283 It has these extra commands:
27284 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27285
27286 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27287 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27288 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27289 modified version of TeX input format.
27290
27291 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27292 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27293 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27294 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27295
27296 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27297 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27298 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27299 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27300 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27301 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27302 in the Texinfo file.
27303
27304 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27305 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27306 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27307 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27308 move forward past the closing brace.
27309
27310 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27311 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27312
27313 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27314 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27315 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27316
27317 Here are the functions:
27318
27319 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27320 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27321 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27322
27323 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27324 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27325 texinfo-master-menu
27326
27327 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27328
27329 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27330 which menu descriptions are indented.
27331
27332 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27333 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27334 in the region.
27335
27336 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27337 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27338 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27339 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27340
27341 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27342 be the first node in the file.
27343
27344 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27345 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27346
27347 \(fn)" t nil)
27348
27349 ;;;***
27350 \f
27351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21187
27352 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27353 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27354
27355 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27356 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27357 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27358 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27359
27360 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27361
27362 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27363 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27364
27365 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27366
27367 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27368 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27369
27370 \(fn)" t nil)
27371
27372 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27373
27374
27375 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27376
27377 ;;;***
27378 \f
27379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21240 46395 727291
27380 ;;;;;; 0))
27381 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27382
27383 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27384 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27385 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27386 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27387 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27388 `line', and `page'.
27389
27390 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27391
27392 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27393 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27394 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27395 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27396 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27397 `line', and `page'.
27398
27399 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27400 valid THING.
27401
27402 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27403 positions of the thing found.
27404
27405 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27406
27407 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27408 Return the THING at point.
27409 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27410 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27411 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27412 `line', `number', and `page'.
27413
27414 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27415 strip text properties from the return value.
27416
27417 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27418 a symbol as a valid THING.
27419
27420 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27421
27422 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27423 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27424
27425 \(fn)" nil nil)
27426
27427 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27428 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27429
27430 \(fn)" nil nil)
27431
27432 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27433 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27434
27435 \(fn)" nil nil)
27436
27437 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27438 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27439
27440 \(fn)" nil nil)
27441
27442 ;;;***
27443 \f
27444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27445 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27446
27447 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27448 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27449
27450 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27451
27452 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27453 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27454 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27455 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27456
27457 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27458
27459 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27460 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27461
27462 \(fn)" t nil)
27463
27464 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27465 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27466
27467 \(fn)" t nil)
27468
27469 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27470
27471 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27472 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27473
27474 \(fn)" t nil)
27475
27476 ;;;***
27477 \f
27478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21187
27479 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27480 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27481
27482 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27483 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27484 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27485
27486 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27487
27488 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27489 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27490
27491 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27492
27493 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27494 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27495 The returned string has no composition information.
27496
27497 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27498
27499 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27500 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27501
27502 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27503
27504 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27505 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27506
27507 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27508
27509 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27510 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27511 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27512 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27513
27514 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27515
27516 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27517 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27518 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27519 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27520
27521 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27522
27523 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27524 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27525 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27526
27527 \(fn)" t nil)
27528
27529 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27530 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27531 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27532
27533 \(fn)" t nil)
27534
27535 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27536
27537
27538 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27539
27540 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27541
27542
27543 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27544
27545 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27546
27547
27548 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27549
27550 ;;;***
27551 \f
27552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21187 63826
27553 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
27554 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27555 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27556
27557 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27558 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27559 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27560 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27561 parameters.
27562 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27563
27564 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27565
27566 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27567 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27568 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27569 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27570 parameters.
27571 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27572
27573 \(fn)" t nil)
27574
27575 ;;;***
27576 \f
27577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27578 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27579
27580 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27581 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27582
27583 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27584 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27585
27586 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27587 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27588 This display updates automatically every minute.
27589 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27590 are displayed as well.
27591 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27592
27593 \(fn)" t nil)
27594
27595 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27596 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27597 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27598 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27599 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27600 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27601
27602 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27603
27604 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27605 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27606 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27607 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27608 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27609
27610 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27611 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27612 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27613 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27614 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27615
27616 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27617
27618 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27619 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27620 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27621 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27622
27623 \(fn)" t nil)
27624
27625 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27626 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27627 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27628 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27629
27630 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27631
27632 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27633 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27634
27635 \(fn)" t nil)
27636
27637 ;;;***
27638 \f
27639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21187
27640 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
27641 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27642
27643 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27644 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27645 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27646
27647 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27648 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27649 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27650 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27651 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27652 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27653
27654 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27655 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27656
27657 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27658
27659 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27660 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27661
27662 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27663
27664 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27665 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27666
27667 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27668
27669 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27670 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27671 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27672
27673 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27674
27675 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27676
27677 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27678 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27679 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27680
27681 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27682
27683 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27684 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27685
27686 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27687
27688 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27689 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27690 DATE should be a date-time string.
27691
27692 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27693
27694 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27695 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27696 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27697
27698 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27699
27700 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27701 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27702
27703 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27704
27705 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27706 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27707
27708 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27709
27710 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27711 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27712 TIME should be a time value.
27713 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27714
27715 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27716
27717 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27718 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27719 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27720
27721 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27722
27723 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27724 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27725 The valid format specifiers are:
27726 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27727 %d is the number of days.
27728 %h is the number of hours.
27729 %m is the number of minutes.
27730 %s is the number of seconds.
27731 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27732 %% is a literal \"%\".
27733
27734 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27735 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27736
27737 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27738 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27739 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27740
27741 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27742 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27743 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27744
27745 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27746
27747 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27748
27749 ;;;***
27750 \f
27751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21187 63826 213216
27752 ;;;;;; 0))
27753 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27754 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27755 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27756 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27757 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27758 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27759 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27760 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27761 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27762
27763 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27764 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27765 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27766 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27767 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27768 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27769 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27770 look like one of the following:
27771 Time-stamp: <>
27772 Time-stamp: \" \"
27773 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27774 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27775 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27776 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27777 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27778 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27779 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27780 the template.
27781
27782 \(fn)" t nil)
27783
27784 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27785 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27786 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27787
27788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27789
27790 ;;;***
27791 \f
27792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21222
27793 ;;;;;; 16439 978802 0))
27794 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27795 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27796
27797 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27798 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27799 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27802 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27803
27804 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27805
27806 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27807 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27808 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27809 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27810 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27811 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27812 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27813 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27814 display (non-nil means on).
27815
27816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27817
27818 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27819 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27820 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27821 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27822 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27823 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27824 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27825 this function is called within a day.
27826
27827 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27828 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27829 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27830 discover the name of the project.
27831
27832 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27833
27834 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27835 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27836 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27837 begun during the last time segment.
27838
27839 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27840 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27841 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27842 discover the reason.
27843
27844 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27845
27846 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27847 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27848 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27849 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27850 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27851
27852 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27853
27854 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27855 Change to working on a different project.
27856 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27857 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27858 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27859 working on.
27860
27861 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27862
27863 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27864 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27865 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27866
27867 \(fn)" nil nil)
27868
27869 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27870 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27871 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27872
27873 \(fn)" t nil)
27874
27875 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27876 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27877 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27878 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27879 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27880 \"relative to today\".
27881
27882 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27883
27884 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27885 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27886 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27887 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27888
27889 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27890
27891 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27892 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27893 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27894 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27895 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27896 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27897
27898 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27899
27900 ;;;***
27901 \f
27902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27903 ;;;;;; (21187 63826 213216 0))
27904 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27905
27906 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27907 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27908 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27909 the generated Quail package is saved.
27910
27911 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27912
27913 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27914 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27915 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27916 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27917 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27918 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27919 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27920
27921 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27922
27923 ;;;***
27924 \f
27925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27926 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27927 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27928 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27929
27930 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27931 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27932 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27933 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27934 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27935
27936 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27937 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27938 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27939
27940 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27941
27942 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27943 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27944 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27945 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27946 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27947
27948 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27949
27950 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27951 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27952 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27953 in the menu in two ways:
27954 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27955 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27956 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27957
27958 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27959 keymap or an alist of alists.
27960 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27961 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27962
27963 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27964
27965 ;;;***
27966 \f
27967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21204
27968 ;;;;;; 37210 187838 0))
27969 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27970
27971 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27972 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27973
27974 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27975 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27976 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27977 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27978 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27979 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27980 file was last visited.
27981
27982 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27983 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27984 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27985 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27986 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27987 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27988 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27989 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27990 for the first item.
27991
27992 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27993 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27994 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27995 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27996 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27997 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27998 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27999 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28000
28001 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28002 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28003 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28004 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28005 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28006
28007 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28008 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28009
28010 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28011
28012 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28013 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28014
28015 \\{todo-mode-map}
28016
28017 \(fn)" t nil)
28018
28019 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28020 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28021
28022 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28023
28024 \(fn)" t nil)
28025
28026 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28027 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28028
28029 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28030
28031 \(fn)" t nil)
28032
28033 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.todo\\'" . todo-mode))
28034
28035 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.toda\\'" . todo-archive-mode))
28036
28037 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.tod[tyr]\\'" . todo-filtered-items-mode))
28038
28039 ;;;***
28040 \f
28041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21187 63826 213216
28042 ;;;;;; 0))
28043 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28044
28045 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28046 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28047 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28048
28049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28050
28051 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28052 Add an item to the tool bar.
28053 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28054 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28055 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28056 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28057
28058 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28059 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28060 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28061 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28062
28063 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28064 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28065
28066 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28067
28068 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28069 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28070 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28071 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28072 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28073 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28074
28075 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28076 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28077 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28078 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28079
28080 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28081
28082 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28083 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28084 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28085 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28086 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28087 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28088 properties to add to the binding.
28089
28090 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28091
28092 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28093 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28094
28095 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28096
28097 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28098 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28099 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28100 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28101 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28102 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28103 properties to add to the binding.
28104
28105 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28106 holds a keymap.
28107
28108 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28109
28110 ;;;***
28111 \f
28112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21187 63826
28113 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28114 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28115 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28116
28117 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28118 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28119 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28120 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28121 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28122 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28123
28124 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28125
28126 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28127 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28129 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28130 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28131
28132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28133
28134 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28135
28136 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28137 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28138
28139 \(fn)" t nil)
28140
28141 ;;;***
28142 \f
28143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21187
28144 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28146
28147 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28148 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28149
28150 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28151 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28152 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28153 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28154 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28155
28156 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28157 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28158 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28159 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28160 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28161
28162 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28163 (tpu-edt)
28164
28165 Known Problems:
28166
28167 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28168 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28169 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28170 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28171 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28172 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28173
28174 \(fn)" t nil)
28175
28176 ;;;***
28177 \f
28178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21240 46395 727291
28179 ;;;;;; 0))
28180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28181
28182 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28183 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28184 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28185 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28186 to a tcp server on another machine.
28187
28188 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28189
28190 ;;;***
28191 \f
28192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21240 46395
28193 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
28194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28195
28196 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28197 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28198
28199 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28200
28201 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28202 Helper function to get internal values.
28203 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28204
28205 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28206
28207 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28208 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28209 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28210 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28211
28212 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28213 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28214 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28215 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28216 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28217
28218 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28219 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28220 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28221 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28222
28223 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28224
28225 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28226
28227 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28228 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28229 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28230 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28231
28232 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28233
28234 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28235
28236 ;;;***
28237 \f
28238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21263 60369 592555
28239 ;;;;;; 0))
28240 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28241
28242 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28243 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28244 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28245
28246 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28247
28248 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28249 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28250
28251 It can have the following values:
28252
28253 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28254 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28255
28256 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28257
28258 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28259 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28260 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28261 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28262
28263 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28264
28265 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28266 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28267 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28268 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28269
28270 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28271 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28272 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28273 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28274 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28275 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28276 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28277 files which are not really Tramp files.
28278
28279 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28280 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28281 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28282 updated after changing this variable.
28283
28284 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28285
28286 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28287 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28288 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28289 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28290
28291 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28292
28293 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28294 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28295 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28296 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28297
28298 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28299 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28300 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28301
28302 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28303 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28304 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28305 updated after changing this variable.
28306
28307 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28308
28309 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28310 Alist of completion handler functions.
28311 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28312 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28313 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28314
28315 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28316 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28317 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28318 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28319
28320 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28321 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28322 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28323 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28324
28325 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28326 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28327 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28328
28329 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28330
28331 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28332 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28333 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28334
28335 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28336 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28337
28338 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28339
28340 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28341
28342
28343 \(fn)" nil nil)
28344
28345 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28346 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28347
28348 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28349
28350 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28351 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28352
28353 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28354
28355 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28356 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28357
28358 \(fn)" t nil)
28359
28360 ;;;***
28361 \f
28362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21187 63826
28363 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28365
28366 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28367
28368
28369 \(fn)" nil nil)
28370
28371 ;;;***
28372 \f
28373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21240 46395 727291
28374 ;;;;;; 0))
28375 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28376
28377 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28378 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28379 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28380 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28381 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28382 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28383 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28384 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28385
28386 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28387 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28388 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28389
28390 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28391 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28392 resumed later.
28393
28394 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28395
28396 ;;;***
28397 \f
28398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28399 ;;;;;; 546955 0))
28400 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28401
28402 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28403
28404
28405 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28406
28407 ;;;***
28408 \f
28409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21187
28410 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28411 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28412 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28413 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28414 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28415
28416 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28417 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28418 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28419 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28420 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28421 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28422 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28423
28424 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28425
28426 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28427 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28428 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28429 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28430
28431 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28432
28433 \(fn)" t nil)
28434
28435 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28436 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28437 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28438 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28439 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28440 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28441 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28442
28443 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28444 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28445
28446 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28447 \\___/\\
28448 / \\
28449 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28450
28451 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28452
28453 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28454
28455 ;;;***
28456 \f
28457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21222 16439 978802
28458 ;;;;;; 0))
28459 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28460
28461 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28462 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28463 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28464 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28465 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28466 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28467
28468 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28469
28470 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28471 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28472 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28473
28474 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28475 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28476 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28477 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28478 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28479 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28480 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28481
28482 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28483 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28484
28485 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28486 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28487 reset the keystroke counter.
28488
28489 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28490 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28491 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28492 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28493
28494 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28495 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28496 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28497 `type-break-schedule' command.
28498
28499 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28500 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28501 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28502 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28503 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28504 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28505 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28506 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28507 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28508
28509 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28510 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28511 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28512 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28513 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28514
28515 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28516 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28517 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28518 approximate good values for this.
28519
28520 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28521 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28522
28523 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28524 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28525 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28526 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28527 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28528 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28529
28530 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28531 a typing break occur. They include:
28532
28533 `type-break-query-mode'
28534 `type-break-query-function'
28535 `type-break-query-interval'
28536
28537 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28538
28539 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28540 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28541 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28542 problems.
28543
28544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28545
28546 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28547 Take a typing break.
28548
28549 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28550 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28551
28552 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28553 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28554
28555 \(fn)" t nil)
28556
28557 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28558 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28559 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28560 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28561
28562 \(fn)" t nil)
28563
28564 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28565 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28566
28567 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28568 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28569 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28570 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28571 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28572 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28573 average typing speed.)
28574
28575 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28576 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28577 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28578 the computed maximum threshold.
28579
28580 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28581 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28582 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28583 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28584 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28585
28586 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28587
28588 ;;;***
28589 \f
28590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21199 54969 178188 0))
28591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28592
28593 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28594 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28595 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28596 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28597 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28598
28599 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28600
28601 ;;;***
28602 \f
28603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28604 ;;;;;; (21194 37048 599945 0))
28605 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28606
28607 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28608 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28609
28610 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28611
28612 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28613 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28614
28615 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28616
28617 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28618 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28619
28620 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28621
28622 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28623 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28624
28625 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28626
28627 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28628 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28629
28630 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28631
28632 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28633 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28634
28635 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28636
28637 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28638 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28639
28640 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28641
28642 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28643 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28644
28645 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28646
28647 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28648 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28649
28650 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28651
28652 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28653 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28654
28655 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28656
28657 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28658 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28659
28660 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28661
28662 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28663 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28664
28665 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28666
28667 ;;;***
28668 \f
28669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21240
28670 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
28671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28672
28673 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28674 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28675 Works by overstriking underscores.
28676 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28677 which specify the range to operate on.
28678
28679 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28680
28681 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28682 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28683 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28684 which specify the range to operate on.
28685
28686 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28687
28688 ;;;***
28689 \f
28690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21240 46395 727291
28691 ;;;;;; 0))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28693
28694 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28695 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28696 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28697 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28698 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28699 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28700
28701 \(fn)" nil nil)
28702
28703 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28704 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28705 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28706
28707 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28708
28709 ;;;***
28710 \f
28711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21187 63826
28712 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28713 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28714
28715 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28716 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28717 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28718 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28719
28720 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28721
28722 ;;;***
28723 \f
28724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
28725 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28726
28727 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28728 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28729 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28730 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28731 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28732
28733 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28734 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28735 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28736 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28737 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28738 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28739
28740 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28741 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28742 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28743
28744 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28745 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28746 the callback is not called).
28747
28748 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28749 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28750 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28751 take effect.
28752
28753 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28754 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28755 the server.
28756 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28757 URL-encoded before it's used.
28758
28759 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28760
28761 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28762 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28763 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28764 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28765 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28766
28767 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28768
28769 ;;;***
28770 \f
28771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21187 63826 213216
28772 ;;;;;; 0))
28773 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28774
28775 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28776 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28777 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28778
28779 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28780 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28781 `url-generic-parse-url'
28782 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28783 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28784 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28785 realm
28786 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28787 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28788 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28789 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28790 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28791 what type of auth to use
28792 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28793 if one cannot be found in the cache
28794
28795 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28796
28797 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28798 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28799
28800 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28801 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28802 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28803 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28804 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28805 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28806 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28807 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28808
28809 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28810
28811 ;;;***
28812 \f
28813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21187 63826
28814 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
28815 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28816
28817 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28818 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28819
28820 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28821
28822 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28823 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28824 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28825
28826 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28827
28828 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28829 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28830
28831 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28832
28833 ;;;***
28834 \f
28835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21187 63826 213216
28836 ;;;;;; 0))
28837 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28838
28839 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28840
28841
28842 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28843
28844 ;;;***
28845 \f
28846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21187 63826 213216
28847 ;;;;;; 0))
28848 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28849
28850 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28851 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28852 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28853
28854 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28855
28856 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28857 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28858 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28859 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28860
28861 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28862 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28863 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28864 though.
28865
28866 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28867
28868 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28869 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28870 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28871
28872 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28873
28874 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28875
28876
28877 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28878
28879 ;;;***
28880 \f
28881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
28882 ;;;;;; 0))
28883 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28884
28885 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28886 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28887
28888 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28889
28890 ;;;***
28891 \f
28892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21187 63826 213216
28893 ;;;;;; 0))
28894 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28895
28896 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28897 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28898
28899 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28900
28901 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28902 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28903 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28904 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28905 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28906
28907 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28908
28909 ;;;***
28910 \f
28911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21187
28912 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
28913 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28914
28915 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28916 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28917 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28918 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28919 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28920 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28921
28922 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28923
28924 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28925 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28926 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28927 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28928 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28929
28930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28931
28932 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28933 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28934 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28935 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28936
28937 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28938
28939 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28940 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28941 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28942 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28943 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28944 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28945 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28946 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28947 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28948 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28949
28950 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28951
28952 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28953 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28954 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28955 accessible.
28956
28957 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28958
28959 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28960
28961
28962 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28963
28964 ;;;***
28965 \f
28966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21197 39236 714874
28967 ;;;;;; 0))
28968 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28969 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28970
28971 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28972 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28973 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28974 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28975 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28976
28977 ;;;***
28978 \f
28979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28980 ;;;;;; 0))
28981 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28982
28983 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28984
28985
28986 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28987
28988 ;;;***
28989 \f
28990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21187 63826 213216
28991 ;;;;;; 0))
28992 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28993
28994 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28995 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28996 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28997 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28998 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28999
29000 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29001
29002 ;;;***
29003 \f
29004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21187 63826
29005 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29006 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29007
29008 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29009
29010
29011 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29012
29013 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29014 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29015
29016 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29017
29018 ;;;***
29019 \f
29020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21187 63826 213216
29021 ;;;;;; 0))
29022 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29023
29024 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29025 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29026
29027 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29028
29029 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29030 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29031
29032 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29033
29034 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29035
29036
29037 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29038
29039 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29040
29041 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29042
29043 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29044
29045 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29046 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29047
29048 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29049
29050 ;;;***
29051 \f
29052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21187 63826 213216
29053 ;;;;;; 0))
29054 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29055
29056 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29057
29058
29059 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29060
29061 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29062
29063
29064 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29065
29066 ;;;***
29067 \f
29068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21187 63826 213216
29069 ;;;;;; 0))
29070 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29071
29072 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29073
29074
29075 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29076
29077 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29078
29079
29080 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29081
29082 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29083
29084
29085 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29086
29087 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29088
29089
29090 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29091
29092 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29093
29094
29095 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29096
29097 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29098
29099
29100 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29101
29102 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29103
29104
29105 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29106
29107 ;;;***
29108 \f
29109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21187 63826
29110 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29111 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29112
29113 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29114 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29115
29116 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29117
29118 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29119 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29120 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29121
29122 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29123 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29124 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29125 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29126 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29127 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29128 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29129 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29130 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29131 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29132 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29133 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29134 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29135 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29136
29137 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29138 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29139 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29140
29141 Here is an example. The URL
29142
29143 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29144
29145 parses to
29146
29147 TYPE = \"foo\"
29148 USER = \"bob\"
29149 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29150 HOST = \"example.com\"
29151 PORTSPEC = 42
29152 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29153 TARGET = \"nose\"
29154 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29155 FULLNESS = t
29156
29157 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29158
29159 ;;;***
29160 \f
29161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21187 63826
29162 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29163 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29164
29165 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29166 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29167
29168 \(fn)" t nil)
29169
29170 ;;;***
29171 \f
29172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21193 16180
29173 ;;;;;; 875828 0))
29174 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29175
29176 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29177 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29178 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29179 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29180 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29181 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29182
29183 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29184
29185 ;;;***
29186 \f
29187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21187 63826 213216
29188 ;;;;;; 0))
29189 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29190
29191 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29192 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29193 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29194
29195 If t, all messages will be logged.
29196 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29197 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29198
29199 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29200
29201 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29202
29203
29204 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29205
29206 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29207
29208
29209 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29210
29211 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29212 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29213 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29214 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29215 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29216 & ==> &amp;
29217 < ==> &lt;
29218 > ==> &gt;
29219 \" ==> &quot;
29220
29221 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29222
29223 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29224 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29225 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29226
29227 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29228
29229 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29230 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29231 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29232
29233 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29234
29235 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29236 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29237
29238 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29239
29240 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29241 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29242
29243 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29244
29245 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29246 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29247
29248 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29249
29250 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29251
29252
29253 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29254
29255 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29256
29257
29258 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29259
29260 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29261
29262 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29263 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29264
29265 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29268 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29269
29270 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29271
29272 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29273
29274
29275 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29276
29277 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29278 Build a query-string.
29279
29280 Given a QUERY in the form:
29281 '((key1 val1)
29282 (key2 val2)
29283 (key3 val1 val2)
29284 (key4)
29285 (key5 \"\"))
29286
29287 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29288
29289 This will return a string
29290 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29291 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29292 be used.
29293
29294 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29295
29296 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29297 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29298
29299 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29300
29301 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29302 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29303 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29304 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29305 forbidden in URL encoding.
29306
29307 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29308
29309 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29310 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29311 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29312 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29313 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29314 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29315
29316 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29317 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29318 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29319 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29320
29321 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29322
29323 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29324 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29325 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29326 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29327 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29328 should return it unchanged.
29329
29330 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29331
29332 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29333 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29334 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29335 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29336
29337 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29338
29339 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29340 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29341 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29342
29343 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29344
29345 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29346 View the current document's URL.
29347 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29348 the minibuffer.
29349
29350 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29351
29352 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29353
29354 ;;;***
29355 \f
29356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21260 57764 872288
29357 ;;;;;; 374000))
29358 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29359
29360 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29361 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29362 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29363 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29364 to refrain from editing the file
29365 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29366 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29367 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29368 in any way you like.
29369
29370 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29371
29372 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29373 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29374 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29375 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29376 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29377
29378 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29379 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29380
29381 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29382
29383 ;;;***
29384 \f
29385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21187 63826
29386 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29387 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29388
29389 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29390
29391
29392 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29393
29394 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29395
29396
29397 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29398
29399 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29400
29401
29402 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29403
29404 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29405
29406
29407 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29408
29409 ;;;***
29410 \f
29411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29413
29414 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29415 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29416
29417 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29418
29419 ;;;***
29420 \f
29421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21187 63826
29422 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
29423 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29424
29425 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29426 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29427 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29428 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29429
29430 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29431
29432 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29433 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29434 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29435
29436 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29437
29438 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29439 Uudecode region between START and END.
29440 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29441
29442 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29443
29444 ;;;***
29445 \f
29446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29447 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29448
29449 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29450 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29451 See `run-hooks'.")
29452
29453 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29454
29455 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29456 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29457 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29458
29459 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29460
29461 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29462 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29463 See `run-hooks'.")
29464
29465 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29466
29467 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29468 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29469 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29470 same state. If not, signal an error.
29471
29472 For merging-based version control systems:
29473 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29474 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29475 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29476 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29477 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29478 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29479
29480 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29481 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29482 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29483 the file(s) for editing.
29484 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29485 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29486 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29487 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29488 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29489 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29490
29491 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29492
29493 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29494 Register into a version control system.
29495 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29496 Otherwise register the current file.
29497 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29498 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29499
29500 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29501 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29502 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29503 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29504 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29505 first backend that could register the file is used.
29506
29507 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29508
29509 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29510 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29511
29512 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29513
29514 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29515 Display diffs between file revisions.
29516 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29517 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29518 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29519
29520 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29521 saving the buffer.
29522
29523 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29524
29525 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29526 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29527 repository history using ediff.
29528
29529 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29530
29531 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29532 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29533 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29534 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29535 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29536
29537 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29538 saving the buffer.
29539
29540 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29541
29542 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29543 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29544 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29545 fileset with the working revision.
29546 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29547 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29548
29549 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29550 saving the buffer.
29551
29552 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29553
29554 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29555 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29556 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29557 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29558
29559 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29560
29561 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29562 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29563 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29564 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29565
29566 \(fn)" t nil)
29567
29568 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29569 Perform a version control merge operation.
29570 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29571 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29572 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29573 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29574
29575 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29576 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29577 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29578 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29579 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29580 changes from the current branch.
29581
29582 \(fn)" t nil)
29583
29584 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29585
29586 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29587 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29588 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29589 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29590 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29591 checked out in that new branch.
29592
29593 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29594
29595 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29596 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29597 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29598 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29599 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29600 allowed and simply skipped).
29601
29602 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29603
29604 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29605 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29606 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29607 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29608 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29609
29610 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29611 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29612
29613 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29614
29615 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29616 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29617 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29618 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29619 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29620
29621 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29622
29623 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29624 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29625 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29626
29627 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29628
29629 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29630 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29631 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29632
29633 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29634
29635 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29636 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29637 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29638 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29639
29640 \(fn)" t nil)
29641
29642 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29643 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29644 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29645 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29646
29647 \(fn)" t nil)
29648
29649 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29650
29651 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29652 Update the current fileset or branch.
29653 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29654 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29655 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29656 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29657
29658 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29659 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29660 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29661 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29662 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29663
29664 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29665
29666 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29667
29668 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29669 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29670 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29671 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29672 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29673 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29674 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29675
29676 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29677
29678 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29679 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29680 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29681 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29682 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29683 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29684 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29685 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29686 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29687
29688 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29689
29690 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29691 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29692 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29693 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29694
29695 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29696
29697 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29698 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29699 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29700 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29701
29702 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29703
29704 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29705 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29706 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29707 directory.
29708
29709 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29710
29711 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29712 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29713 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29714
29715 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29716 log entries should be gathered.
29717
29718 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29719
29720 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29721 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29722
29723 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29724
29725 ;;;***
29726 \f
29727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21240 46395
29728 ;;;;;; 727291 0))
29729 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29730
29731 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29732 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29733
29734 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29735 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29736 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29737 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29738 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29739 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29740
29741 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29742 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29743 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29744 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29745 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29746 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29747 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29748 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29749
29750 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29751
29752 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29753
29754 Customization variables:
29755
29756 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29757 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29758 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29759 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29760
29761 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29762
29763 ;;;***
29764 \f
29765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21187 63826 213216
29766 ;;;;;; 0))
29767 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29768 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29769 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29770 (progn
29771 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29772 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29773
29774 ;;;***
29775 \f
29776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21240 46395 727291
29777 ;;;;;; 0))
29778 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29779
29780 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29781 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29782
29783 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29784 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29785 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29786 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29787 (progn
29788 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29789 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29790
29791 ;;;***
29792 \f
29793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29794 ;;;;;; 0))
29795 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29796 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29797 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29798 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29799 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29800 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29801 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29802
29803 ;;;***
29804 \f
29805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21187 63826 213216
29806 ;;;;;; 0))
29807 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29808
29809 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29810 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29811 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29812 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29813 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29814
29815 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29816 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29817 The file lines appear later.
29818
29819 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29820 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29821
29822 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29823
29824 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29825
29826 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29827
29828 ;;;***
29829 \f
29830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21187
29831 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
29832 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29833
29834 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29835 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29836 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29837 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29838 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29839 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29840 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29841 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29842 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29843 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29844 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29845 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29846 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29847 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29848 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29849
29850 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29851
29852 ;;;***
29853 \f
29854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21215 9704 346293
29855 ;;;;;; 827000))
29856 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29857 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29858 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29859 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29860 (progn
29861 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29862 (vc-git-registered file))))
29863
29864 ;;;***
29865 \f
29866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
29867 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29868 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29869 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29870 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29871 (progn
29872 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29873 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29874
29875 ;;;***
29876 \f
29877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29878 ;;;;;; 0))
29879 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29880
29881 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29882 Name of the monotone directory.")
29883
29884 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29885 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29886 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29887 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29888 (progn
29889 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29890 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29891
29892 ;;;***
29893 \f
29894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29895 ;;;;;; 0))
29896 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29897
29898 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29899 Where to look for RCS master files.
29900 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29901
29902 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29903
29904 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29905
29906 ;;;***
29907 \f
29908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29909 ;;;;;; 0))
29910 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29911
29912 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29913 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29914 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29915
29916 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29917
29918 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29919
29920 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29921 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29922 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29923 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29924
29925 ;;;***
29926 \f
29927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29928 ;;;;;; 0))
29929 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29930 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29931 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29932 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29933 "_svn")
29934 (t ".svn"))))
29935 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29936 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29937 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29938
29939 ;;;***
29940 \f
29941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21187
29942 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
29943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29944 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29945 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29946
29947 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29948 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29949
29950 Usage:
29951 ------
29952
29953 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29954 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29955 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29956 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29957
29958 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29959 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29960 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29961 completions.
29962
29963 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29964 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29965
29966 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29967 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29968
29969 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29970 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29971 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29972
29973 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29974
29975
29976 Maintenance:
29977 ------------
29978
29979 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29980 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29981
29982 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29983
29984 Official distribution is at
29985 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29986
29987
29988 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29989 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29990
29991 Key bindings:
29992 -------------
29993
29994 \\{vera-mode-map}
29995
29996 \(fn)" t nil)
29997
29998 ;;;***
29999 \f
30000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30001 ;;;;;; (21199 54969 178188 0))
30002 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30003
30004 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30005 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30006 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30007 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30008 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30009
30010 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30011
30012 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30013 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30014
30015 Supports highlighting.
30016
30017 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30018 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30019
30020 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30021
30022 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30023 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30024 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30025 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30026 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30027 on the left side of your screen.
30028 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30029 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30030 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30031 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30032 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30033 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30034 function keyword.
30035 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30036 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30037 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30038 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30039 if (a)
30040 begin
30041 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30042 Indentation for case statements.
30043 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30044 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30045 mark after an end.
30046 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30047 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30048 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30049 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30050 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30051 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30052 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30053 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30054 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30055 if (a)
30056 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30057 otherwise you get:
30058 if (a)
30059 begin
30060 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30061 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30062 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30063 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30064 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30065 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30066 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30067 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30068 comments in tight quarters.
30069 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30070 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30071
30072 Variables controlling other actions:
30073
30074 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30075 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30076 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30077
30078 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30079
30080 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30081
30082 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30083 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30084 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30085
30086 Some other functions are:
30087
30088 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30089 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30090 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30091 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30092 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30093
30094 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30095 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30096 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30097 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30098
30099 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30100 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30101 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30102 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30103 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30104 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30105 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30106 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30107 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30108 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30109 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30110 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30111 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30112 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30113 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30114 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30115 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30116 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30117 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30118 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30119 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30120 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30121 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30122 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30123 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30124 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30125 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30126 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30127 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30128 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30129 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30130
30131 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30132 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30133
30134 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30135
30136 \(fn)" t nil)
30137
30138 ;;;***
30139 \f
30140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21187
30141 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30142 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30143
30144 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30145 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30146
30147 Usage:
30148 ------
30149
30150 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30151 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30152 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30153 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30154 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30155 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30156 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30157 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30158 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30159
30160 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30161 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30162 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30163 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30164
30165 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30166 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30167 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30168 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30169 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30170
30171 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30172 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30173
30174
30175 HEADER INSERTION:
30176 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30177 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30178 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30179
30180
30181 STUTTERING:
30182 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30183 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30184 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30185 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30186
30187 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30188 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30189 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30190 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30191 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30192
30193
30194 WORD COMPLETION:
30195 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30196 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30197 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30198 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30199
30200 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30201 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30202 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30203 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30204 beginning with \"std\").
30205
30206 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30207 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30208 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30209 stop.
30210
30211
30212 COMMENTS:
30213 `--' puts a single comment.
30214 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30215 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30216 with a comment in between.
30217 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30218 out following lines.
30219 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30220 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30221 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30222 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30223
30224 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30225 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30226 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30227 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30228 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30229 non-nil.
30230
30231 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30232 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30233 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30234 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30235 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30236 multi-line comments.
30237
30238
30239 INDENTATION:
30240 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30241 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30242 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30243 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30244 the entire region.
30245
30246 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30247 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30248 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30249 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30250
30251 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30252 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30253 and vice versa.
30254
30255 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30256 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30257
30258 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30259 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30260 line.
30261
30262
30263 ALIGNMENT:
30264 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30265 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30266 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30267 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30268 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30269 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30270 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30271 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30272
30273 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30274 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30275 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30276 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30277 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30278 is non-nil.
30279
30280 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30281 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30282 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30283
30284 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30285 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30286
30287
30288 CODE FILLING:
30289 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30290 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30291 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30292 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30293 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30294 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30295
30296
30297 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30298 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30299 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30300 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30301 command:
30302
30303 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30304
30305
30306 PORT TRANSLATION:
30307 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30308 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30309 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30310 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30311 internal signal initializations (menu).
30312
30313 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30314 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30315 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30316
30317 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30318 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30319 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30320 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30321 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30322 in subsequent paste operations.)
30323
30324 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30325 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30326 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30327
30328
30329 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30330 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30331 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30332 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30333 association list with formals).
30334
30335
30336 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30337 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30338 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30339 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30340 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30341 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30342 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30343 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30344 `vhdl-testbench'.
30345
30346
30347 KEY BINDINGS:
30348 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30349
30350
30351 VHDL MENU:
30352 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30353
30354
30355 FILE BROWSER:
30356 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30357 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30358 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30359
30360 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30361 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30362
30363
30364 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30365 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30366 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30367 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30368
30369 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30370 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30371 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30372
30373 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30374 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30375 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30376 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30377
30378 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30379 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30380 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30381 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30382 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30383
30384 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30385 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30386 required by secondary units.
30387
30388
30389 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30390 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30391 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30392 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30393 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30394 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30395 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30396 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30397 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30398 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30399 inputs to this component -> input port created
30400 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30401 outputs from this component -> output port created
30402 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30403 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30404
30405 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30406 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30407 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30408 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30409 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30410
30411 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30412 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30413
30414 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30415 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30416 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30417 component instantiation is also supported (option
30418 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30419
30420 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30421 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30422 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30423 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30424 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30425 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30426 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30427 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30428 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30429 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30430 generating the configuration.
30431
30432 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30433 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30434 configurations in speedbar.
30435
30436 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30437
30438
30439 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30440 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30441 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30442 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30443 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30444 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30445 information. New compilers can be added.
30446
30447 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30448 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30449
30450
30451 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30452 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30453 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30454 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30455 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30456
30457 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30458 command:
30459
30460 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30461 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30462 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30463
30464 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30465 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30466 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30467 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30468 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30469 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30470 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30471 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30472 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30473
30474 Limitations:
30475 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30476 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30477 not (yet) supported.
30478 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30479 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30480 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30481
30482
30483 PROJECTS:
30484 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30485 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30486 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30487 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30488 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30489 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30490 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30491 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30492
30493 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30494 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30495 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30496 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30497 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30498 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30499 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30500 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30501 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30502 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30503 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30504
30505
30506 SPECIAL MENUES:
30507 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30508 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30509 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30510 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30511 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30512 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30513 current directory for VHDL source files.
30514
30515
30516 VHDL STANDARDS:
30517 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30518 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30519
30520
30521 KEYWORD CASE:
30522 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30523 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30524 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30525 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30526 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30527 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30528 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30529 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30530
30531
30532 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30533 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30534 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30535 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30536 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30537 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30538 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30539
30540 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30541 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30542 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30543 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30544 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30545 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30546
30547 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30548 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30549 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30550 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30551 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30552 visually.
30553
30554 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30555 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30556 highlighted if written in lower case.
30557
30558 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30559 highlighted using a different background color if option
30560 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30561
30562 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30563 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30564 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30565 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30566 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30567
30568
30569 USER MODELS:
30570 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30571 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30572 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30573
30574
30575 HIDE/SHOW:
30576 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30577 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30578 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30579 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30580 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30581
30582
30583 CODE UPDATING:
30584 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30585 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30586 Limitations:
30587 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30588 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30589 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30590 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30591 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30592 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30593 (used to obtain the port names).
30594 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30595 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30596 sensitivity lists.
30597
30598
30599 CODE FIXING:
30600 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30601 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30602
30603
30604 PRINTING:
30605 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30606 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30607 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30608 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30609 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30610 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30611 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30612 printers.
30613
30614
30615 OPTIONS:
30616 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30617 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30618 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30619 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30620 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30621
30622 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30623 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30624 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30625 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30626 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30627 INSTALL file).
30628
30629 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30630 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30631
30632
30633 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30634 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30635 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30636 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30637
30638 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30639
30640
30641 HINTS:
30642 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30643 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30644
30645 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30646
30647 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30648
30649 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30650
30651
30652 RELEASE NOTES:
30653 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30654
30655
30656 Maintenance:
30657 ------------
30658
30659 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30660 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30661
30662 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30663
30664 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30665 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30666 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30667 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30668
30669 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30670 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30671 where the latest version can be found.
30672
30673
30674 Known problems:
30675 ---------------
30676
30677 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30678 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30679 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30680 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30681
30682
30683 The VHDL Mode Authors
30684 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30685
30686 Key bindings:
30687 -------------
30688
30689 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30690
30691 \(fn)" t nil)
30692
30693 ;;;***
30694 \f
30695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30696 ;;;;;; 0))
30697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30698
30699 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30700 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30701 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30702 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30703
30704 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30705 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30706 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30707 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30708 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30709
30710 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30711 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30712
30713 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30714
30715 * Limitations and unsupported features
30716 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30717 not supported.
30718 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30719 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30720
30721 * Modifications
30722 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30723 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30724 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30725 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30726 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30727 for undoing a repeated change command.
30728 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30729 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30730 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30731
30732 * Extensions
30733 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30734 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30735 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30736 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30737 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30738 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30739 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30740 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30741
30742 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30743
30744 \(fn)" t nil)
30745
30746 ;;;***
30747 \f
30748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21187
30749 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
30750 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30751
30752 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30753 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30754
30755 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30756
30757 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30758 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30759 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30760 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30761
30762 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30763
30764 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30765 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30766
30767 \(fn)" t nil)
30768
30769 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30770 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30771 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30772 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30773
30774 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30775
30776 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30777 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30778
30779 \(fn)" t nil)
30780
30781 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30782
30783
30784 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30785
30786 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30787
30788
30789 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30790
30791 ;;;***
30792 \f
30793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30794 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30795
30796 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30797 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30798 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30799
30800 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30801
30802 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30803 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30804 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30805 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30806
30807 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30808
30809 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30810 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30811
30812 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30813
30814 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30815 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30816 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30817 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30818 moving around in the buffer.
30819 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30820 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30821
30822 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30823
30824 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30825
30826 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30827 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30828 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30829 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30830
30831 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30832 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30833 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30834 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30835 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30836
30837 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30838
30839 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30840
30841 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30842 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30843 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30844 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30845 buffer.
30846
30847 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30848 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30849 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30850 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30851 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30852
30853 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30854
30855 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30856
30857 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30858 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30859 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30860 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30861 moving around in the buffer.
30862 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30863 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30864
30865 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30866
30867 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30868 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30869 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30870
30871 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30872 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30873 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30874 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30875
30876 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30877 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30878 own View-like bindings.
30879
30880 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30881
30882 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30883 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30884 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30885 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30886 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30887 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30888 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30889
30890 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30891
30892 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30893
30894 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30895 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30896 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30897
30898 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30899 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30900 own View-like bindings.
30901
30902 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30903
30904 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30905 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30906 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30907 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30908 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30909 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30910 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30911
30912 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30913
30914 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30915
30916 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30917 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30918 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30919
30920 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30921 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30922 own View-like bindings.
30923
30924 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30925
30926 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30927 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30929 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30930 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30931
30932 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30933 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30934 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30935 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30936
30937 \\<view-mode-map>
30938
30939 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30940 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30941 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30942 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30943 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30944 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30945 to a repeat count of one.
30946
30947 H, h, ? This message.
30948 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30949 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30950 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30951 > move to the end of buffer.
30952 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30953 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30954 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30955 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30956 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30957 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30958 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30959 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30960 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30961 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30962 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30963 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30964 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30965 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30966 Use this to view a changing file.
30967 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30968 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30969 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30970 . set the mark.
30971 x exchanges point and mark.
30972 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30973 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30974 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30975 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30976 ' go to position saved in character register.
30977 s do forward incremental search.
30978 r do reverse incremental search.
30979 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30980 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30981 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30982 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30983 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30984 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30985 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30986 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30987 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30988 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30989 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30990 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30991 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30992 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30993 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30994 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30995 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30996
30997 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30998 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30999 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31000 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31001 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31002 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31003 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31004 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31005 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31006
31007 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31008
31009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31010
31011 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31012 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31013 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31014 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31015 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31016 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31017 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31018 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31019 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31020
31021 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31022
31023 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31024
31025 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31026 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31027 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31028 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31029 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31030 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31031
31032 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31033 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31034 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31035
31036 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31037
31038 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31039
31040 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31041
31042 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31043 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31044
31045 \(fn)" t nil)
31046
31047 ;;;***
31048 \f
31049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21187 63826 213216
31050 ;;;;;; 0))
31051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31052
31053 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31054 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31055
31056 \(fn)" nil nil)
31057
31058 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31059 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31060
31061 \(fn)" t nil)
31062
31063 ;;;***
31064 \f
31065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21222 16439 978802
31066 ;;;;;; 0))
31067 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31068 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31069
31070 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31071 Toggle Viper on/off.
31072 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31073
31074 \(fn)" t nil)
31075
31076 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31077 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31078
31079 \(fn)" t nil)
31080
31081 ;;;***
31082 \f
31083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21240
31084 ;;;;;; 46395 727291 0))
31085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31086
31087 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31088 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31089 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31090 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31091 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31092 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31093 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31094 the beginning of the warning.")
31095
31096 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31097 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31098 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31099 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31100 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31101 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31102 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31103 also call that function before the next warning.")
31104
31105 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31106 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31107
31108 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31109 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31110 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31111 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31112
31113 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31114 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31115 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31116 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31117 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31118 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31119
31120 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31121 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31122 Default is :warning.
31123
31124 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31125 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31126 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31127 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31128 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31129 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31130
31131 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31132 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31133 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31134
31135 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31136
31137 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31138 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31139
31140 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31141
31142 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31143 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31144 \\<special-mode-map>
31145 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31146 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31147
31148 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31149 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31150 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31151 can be whatever you like.)
31152
31153 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31154 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31155
31156 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31157 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31158 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31159 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31160 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31161
31162 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31163
31164 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31165 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31166 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31167 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31168 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31169
31170 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31171
31172 ;;;***
31173 \f
31174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31175 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31176 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31177
31178 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31179 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31180 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31181 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31182 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31183 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31184 directories to reflect your edits.
31185
31186 See `wdired-mode'.
31187
31188 \(fn)" t nil)
31189
31190 ;;;***
31191 \f
31192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21187 63826 213216
31193 ;;;;;; 0))
31194 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31195
31196 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31197 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31198
31199 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31200 hotlist.
31201
31202 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31203 <nwv@acm.org>.
31204
31205 \(fn)" t nil)
31206
31207 ;;;***
31208 \f
31209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21187
31210 ;;;;;; 63826 213216 0))
31211 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31212 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31213 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31214
31215 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31216
31217 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31218 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31219 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31220 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31221 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31222 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31223
31224 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31225
31226 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31227 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31231
31232 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31233 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31234 in certain major modes.
31235
31236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31237
31238 ;;;***
31239 \f
31240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21255 45558 780901
31241 ;;;;;; 0))
31242 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31243 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31244
31245 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31246 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31247 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31248 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31249 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31250
31251 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31252 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31253
31254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31255
31256 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31257 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31259 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31260 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31261
31262 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31263 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31264 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31265 use `whitespace-mode'.
31266
31267 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31268
31269 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31270
31271 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31272 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31273 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31275 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31276 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31277
31278 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31279
31280 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31281 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31282 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31283 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31284 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31285
31286 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31287 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31288
31289 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31290
31291 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31292 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31293 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31295 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31296 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31297
31298 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31299
31300 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31301 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31302 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31303 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31304 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31305
31306 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31307 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31308 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31309 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31310
31311 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31312
31313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31314
31315 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31316 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31317
31318 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31319 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31320
31321 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31322 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31323
31324 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31325
31326 CHAR MEANING
31327 (VIA FACES)
31328 f toggle face visualization
31329 t toggle TAB visualization
31330 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31331 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31332 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31333 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31334 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31335 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31336 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31337 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31338 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31339 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31340 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31341 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31342 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31343 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31344 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31345
31346 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31347 T toggle TAB visualization
31348 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31349 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31350
31351 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31352 ? display brief help
31353
31354 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31355 The valid symbols are:
31356
31357 face toggle face visualization
31358 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31359 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31360 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31361 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31362 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31363 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31364 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31365 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31366 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31367 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31368 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31369 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31370 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31371 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31372 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31373 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31374
31375 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31376 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31377 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31378
31379 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31380
31381 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31382
31383 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31384
31385 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31386 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31387
31388 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31389 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31390
31391 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31392 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31393
31394 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31395
31396 CHAR MEANING
31397 (VIA FACES)
31398 f toggle face visualization
31399 t toggle TAB visualization
31400 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31401 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31402 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31403 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31404 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31405 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31406 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31407 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31408 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31409 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31410 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31411 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31412 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31413 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31414 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31415
31416 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31417 T toggle TAB visualization
31418 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31419 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31420
31421 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31422 ? display brief help
31423
31424 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31425 The valid symbols are:
31426
31427 face toggle face visualization
31428 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31429 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31430 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31431 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31432 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31433 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31434 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31435 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31436 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31437 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31438 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31439 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31440 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31441 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31442 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31443 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31444
31445 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31446 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31447 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31448
31449 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31450
31451 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31452
31453 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31454
31455 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31456 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31457
31458 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31459 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31460 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31461 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31462 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31463
31464 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31465
31466 The problems cleaned up are:
31467
31468 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31469 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31470 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31471 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31472
31473 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31474 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31475 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31476 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31477 SPACEs.
31478 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31479 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31480 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31481 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31482
31483 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31484 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31485 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31486 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31487 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31488 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31489 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31490 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31491
31492 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31493 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31494 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31495
31496 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31497 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31498 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31499 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31500 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31501 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31502 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31503 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31504
31505 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31506 documentation.
31507
31508 \(fn)" t nil)
31509
31510 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31511 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31512
31513 The problems cleaned up are:
31514
31515 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31516 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31517 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31518 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31519 SPACEs.
31520 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31521 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31522 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31523 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31524
31525 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31526 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31527 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31528 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31529 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31530 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31531 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31532 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31533
31534 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31535 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31536 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31537
31538 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31539 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31540 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31541 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31542 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31543 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31544 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31545 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31546
31547 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31548 documentation.
31549
31550 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31551
31552 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31553 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31554
31555 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31556 non-nil.
31557
31558 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31559 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31560 `whitespace-style' to have:
31561
31562 empty
31563 trailing
31564 indentation
31565 space-before-tab
31566 space-after-tab
31567
31568 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31569 whitespace problems in buffer.
31570
31571 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31572
31573 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31574 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31575 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31576 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31577 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31578 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31579 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31580
31581 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31582 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31583 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31584 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31585 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31586 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31587 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31588
31589 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31590 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31591 cleaning up these problems.
31592
31593 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31594
31595 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31596 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31597
31598 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31599 non-nil.
31600
31601 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31602 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31603 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31604
31605 empty
31606 indentation
31607 space-before-tab
31608 trailing
31609 space-after-tab
31610
31611 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31612 whitespace problems in buffer.
31613
31614 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31615
31616 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31617 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31618 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31619 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31620 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31621 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31622 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31623
31624 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31625 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31626 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31627 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31628 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31629 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31630 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31631
31632 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31633 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31634 cleaning up these problems.
31635
31636 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31637
31638 ;;;***
31639 \f
31640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31641 ;;;;;; 0))
31642 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31643
31644 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31645 Browse the widget under point.
31646
31647 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31648
31649 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31650 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31651
31652 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31653
31654 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31655 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31656
31657 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31658
31659 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31660 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31661 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31662 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31663 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31664
31665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31666
31667 ;;;***
31668 \f
31669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21240 46395 727291
31670 ;;;;;; 0))
31671 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31672
31673 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31674 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31675
31676 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31677
31678 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31679 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31680 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31681
31682 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31683
31684 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31685 Create widget of TYPE.
31686 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31687
31688 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31689
31690 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31691 Delete WIDGET.
31692
31693 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31694
31695 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31696 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31697
31698 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31699
31700 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31701 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31702 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31703 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31704
31705 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31706 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31707
31708 \(fn)" nil nil)
31709
31710 ;;;***
31711 \f
31712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21187 63826 213216
31713 ;;;;;; 0))
31714 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31715
31716 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31717 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31718 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31719 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31720 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31721 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31722 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31723
31724 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31725
31726 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31727 Select the window above the current one.
31728 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31729 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31730 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31731 negative ARG) of the current window.
31732 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31733
31734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31735
31736 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31737 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31738 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31739 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31740 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31741 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31742 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31743
31744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31745
31746 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31747 Select the window below the current one.
31748 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31749 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31750 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31751 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31752 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31753
31754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31755
31756 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31757 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31758 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31759 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31760
31761 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31762
31763 ;;;***
31764 \f
31765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31766 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31767
31768 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31769 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31770 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31771 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31772 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31773 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31774
31775 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31776
31777 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31778 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31782 \\{winner-mode-map}
31783
31784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31785
31786 ;;;***
31787 \f
31788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
31789 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31790 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31791
31792 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31793 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31794 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31795 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31796 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31797
31798 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31799
31800 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31801 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31802 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31803 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31804 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31805 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31806 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31807 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31808
31809 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31810 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31811
31812 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31813
31814 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31815 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31816
31817 \(fn)" t nil)
31818
31819 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31820 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31821 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31822 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31823 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31824 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31825 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31826 `woman' command for further details.
31827
31828 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31829
31830 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31831 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31832
31833 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31834
31835 ;;;***
31836 \f
31837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21187 63826
31838 ;;;;;; 213216 0))
31839 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31840 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31841
31842 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31843 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31844
31845 BUGS:
31846 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31847 are not implemented
31848 - Options for search and replace
31849 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31850 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31851
31852 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31853 Emacs-like.
31854
31855 \(fn)" t nil)
31856
31857 ;;;***
31858 \f
31859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31860 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31861
31862 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31863 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31864 Return the top node with all its children.
31865 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31866
31867 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31868 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31869 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31870
31871 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31872
31873 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31874 namespace to URIs instead.
31875
31876 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31877 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31878
31879 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31880
31881 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31882
31883 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31884
31885 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31886 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31887 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31888 not contain well-formed XML.
31889
31890 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31891 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31892 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31893 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31894 element of the list.
31895 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31896 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31897 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31898
31899 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31900
31901 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31902 namespace to URIs instead.
31903
31904 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31905 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31906
31907 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31908
31909 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31910
31911 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31912
31913 ;;;***
31914 \f
31915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21187 63826 213216
31916 ;;;;;; 0))
31917 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31918
31919 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31920 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31921 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31922 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31923 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31924 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31925 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31926 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31927 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31928 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31929
31930 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31931
31932 ;;;***
31933 \f
31934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31935 ;;;;;; 0))
31936 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31937
31938 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31939 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31940 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31941 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31942 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31943 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31944
31945 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31946
31947 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31948 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31950 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31951 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31952
31953 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31954 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31955 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31956 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31957 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31958 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31959
31960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31961
31962 ;;;***
31963 \f
31964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31966
31967 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31968 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31969
31970 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31971
31972 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31973 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31974
31975 \(fn)" nil nil)
31976
31977 ;;;***
31978 \f
31979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31980 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31981
31982 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31983 Zone out, completely.
31984
31985 \(fn)" t nil)
31986
31987 ;;;***
31988 \f
31989 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21265 49730 375624
32195 ;;;;;; 657000))
32196
32197 ;;;***
32198 \f
32199 (provide 'loaddefs)
32200 ;; Local Variables:
32201 ;; version-control: never
32202 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32203 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32204 ;; coding: utf-8
32205 ;; End:
32206 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here